Professional Documents
Culture Documents
STE E LWO R K
ANALYSIS
- -
- J I L.i
b
Blackwell
Science S.S.RAY
This bookprovides a step-by-stepapproach
to the design of structuralsteelelements. It
includes an introduction to theory and
s.s. RAY
BE (Cal), CEng, FICE, MBGS
b
BIsckwsII
Science
1998 by DISTRIBUTORS
Biackwell Science Ltd
Editorial Offices: Marston Book Services Ltd
OsneyMead, Oxford0X2OEL P0 Box 269
25 John Street, London WC1N 2BL Abingdon
23 AinsliePlace, EdinburghEH3 6AJ OxonOX144YN
350 Main Street, Maiden (Orders: Tel: 01235 465500
MA 02148 5018, USA Fax: 01235 465555)
54 UniversityStreet, Carlton
Victoria 3053, Australia USA
10, rue Casimir Delavigne Blackwell Science, Inc.
75006 Paris, France Commerce Place
350 MainStreet
Other Editorial Offices: Maiden,MA 02148 5018
(Orders: Tel: 800 759 6102
Biackweli Wissenschafts-Verlag GmbH 781 388 8250
KurfUrstendamm57 Fax: 781 388 8255)
10707 Berlin, Germany
Canada
Blackweli Science KK Login Brothers Book Company
MG KodenmachoBuilding 324 Saulteaux Crescent
710 KodenmachoNihombashi Winnipeg,Manitoba R3J 3T2
Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104, Japan (Orders: Tel: 204 837-2987
Fax: 204 837-3116)
The rightofthe Author tobeidentified as the Author
ofthis Work has been asserted in accordancewith the Australia
Copyright,Designsand Patents Act 1988. Blackwell Science Pry Ltd
54 UniversityStreet
All rights reserved. No part of Carlton, Victoria 3053
thispublication may be reproduced, (Orders: Tel: 03 9347 0300
stored in a retrievalsystem,or Fax: 03 9347 5001)
transmitted,in any form or by any
means,electronic,mechanical, A catalogue record for this title
photocopying,recording or otherwise, is available from the British Library
except as permitted by the UK ISBN 0-632-03857-8
Copyright,Designsand Patents Act
1988, without the prior permission Library of Congress
ofthe publisher. Cataloging-in-PublicationData
First published 1998 Ray, S.S
Structural steelwork:analysisand design /
Set in l0f12 Pt Times S.S. Ray.
by Aarontype Limited,Bristol p. cm.
Printed and bound in Great Britain by Includes bibliographicalreferencesand index.
MPG Books Ltd, Bodmin, Cornwall ISBN 0-632-03857-8
1. Building,Ironand Steel. 2. Steel, Structural.
The Blackwell Science logo is a I. Title.
trademark of Blackweii ScienceLtd, TA684.R37 1998
registeredat the United Kingdom 624.i'82ldc2l 97-34497
TradeMarks Registry CIP
For furtherinformation on
Blackwell Science, visit our website:
www.biackwell-science.com
Contents
Preface xi
Notation xiii
1.1.1 Assumptions 1
1.1.2 Position of neutral axis 3
1.1.3 Bending stress in asymmetrical sections 4
1.1.4 Product inertia of a rectangle about
orthogonal axes 5
1.2 Shear stress in beams 8
1.2.1 Shear centre for thin-walled asymmetrical section 9
1.3 Torsional shear stress 11
1.3.1 Torsion of thin rectangularmembers 12
1.3.2 Torsion of thin open sections 13
1.4 Strain energy in axial load, bending, torsion and shear 14
V
vi Contents
2.6 Matrix method of structural analysis 52
2.6.1 Truss analysis by the displacement method 52
2.6.2 Continuous beam analysis by the displacement
method 55
2.6.3 Continuous frame analysis by the displacement
method 57
2.7 Structuraldynamics 61
2.7.1 Single degree of freedom (SDOF) systems 62
2.7.2 Effect of viscous damping on free vibration 65
2.7.3 Forced vibration of undamped SDOF systems
due to harmonic excitation 65
2.7.4 Forced vibration of undamped SDOF system
by triangular impulse 67
2.7.5 Free vibration of a simply supported beam
with distributed mass 68
2.7.6 Response of an SDOF system to a very short
impulse 71
2.7.7 Response of an SDOF system to any arbitrary
time-dependent loading 71
2.7.8 Seismic response of a damped SDOF system 72
2.7.9 Response spectra 73
2.8 Analysis of plates 74
2.8.1 Elastic analysis of plates 74
2.8.2 Yield-line analysis of plates 76
2.9 Methods of plastic analysis 79
2.9.1 Definition of plastic behaviour 79
2.9.2 Plastic behaviour of a section of a beam in pure
bending 79
2.9.3 Plastic behaviour of a section of a beam with
bending and axial load 80
2.9.4 Plastic behaviour of a section of a beam with
bendingand shear 81
2.9.5 Load combinationsin plastic analysis 82
2.9.6 Plastic analysis of structures 82
Index 555
Preface
There are a number ofexcellent books available which deal with the
design of structural steel elements but, in the author's view, they lack
certain important features. The design of structural steel members
requires many checks in a systematic, structured manner: this book
has been writtento providea step-by-step approach to this taskwith
a view to achieving completeness ofthe design process in all respects.
This highly prescriptive approach provides a comprehensive book
which is at the same time user friendly. The taskof quality assurance
becomes less arduous and the output of a design office becomes fully
standardised if the approach in this book is strictly followed. For
students, too, the book should prove to be invaluable because the
essential elements of the theory of structures and analysis are dis-
cussed, followed by a structuredapproach to the designof all elements
in a building, including connections. The numerousworked examples
will be very useful to practitioners,students and lecturers alike.
The designprinciples are illustratedat each stageby sketeches. The
extensive use of illustrationsis a particularfeature of the book and is
intended to clarify ambiguities in the codes of practice.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
DEFLECIED SHAPE
1
DEFLECTED SHAPE
L bending
over this length
1.1.1 Assumptions
ORIGIN
COMPRESS ION
TENSiON
UABY
CAB = 0AB
ER
or
yR
where E =modulusof elasticity
R =radius of curvature
0AB =stress at a distancey from the neutral axis on a circular
arc AB
CAB = strain at a distancey from the neutral axis on a circular
arc AB
9=angle subtended at the centre of the circular arc AB
AB=length of the circular arc along the line AB
Strengthof Materials 3
NA =length of the circular arc along the line NA
y =distance from the neutral axis to the arc AB
I
JA
or
RJA
I ydA=O
JA
M=jydA=JY2dA=
where I=SAYdA
I= momentof inertia of the section of the beam about the
neutral axis
aME
"y JR
If the moment about an axis perpendicularto the axis about which
M is applied is zero, then that axis is called the principalaxis of the
section.
I
JA
or I xydA=O
JA
because a = Ey
The axes aboutwhichthe product ofinertia fxydA is zero are called
the principalaxes. An axis ofsymmetry in a sectionis a principalaxis.
4 Structural Steelwork
1.1.3 Bending stress in asymmetrical sections
dA
\
\
L
SK 1/3 Principal axes through centroid ofa section.
Ix =
JAY2
=
L x2 dA
IxyfJA xydA
'U =
J v2 dA = jx cos2 0 Ixy sin 20+Iysin2 0
Similarly,
or lx+Iy=l+lv
d/2
d/2
rr 11x+b/2 i ,2iY/
L2 Jxb/2 XIl
Ix1JJXYdXdYII L2 Jyd/2
= bdXY
where 1=co-ordinate of the centroid of the rectangle along the
global X-X axis
Y= co-ordinate of the centroid of the rectangle along the
global YY axis
b=width of rectangle
d= depth of rectangle
Ixy = product inertiaof the section about the global XXand
YY axes=EIxy.
-CIAITROI.D 0!
R1t7AALE 2
YI
I I
O
YI
SK 1/6 Principal axesof anangle section.
M MxcosO+MysinO
My Mxsin9+MycosO
Mv Myu
'U 'V
where a is the bending stress at any point on the angle section and
u and v are co-ordinates of the point along the principal axes UU
and VV. Always observe a sign convention which is consistent
throughout.
Sign convention
Bending moments producing compression in the positive zone are
taken as positive.
Positive M produces compressive stresses in the zone where y is
positive, and similarly, positive
M produces compressive stresses in
the zone where x is positive.
x and u are co-ordinateswhich are positive to the right of the origin
I
along the and U axes respectively.
y and v are co-ordinates along the Y and V axes respectively, with
positive values in the same direction as x and u but at an angle of 90
degrees in the anticlockwise direction from the
respectively.
I and U axes
8 Structural Steelwork
o = angle between XX and UU axes measured anticlock-
wise from the XX axis
=
M applied moment on the section about XX axis
M = applied moment on the section about YY axis
M = resolved moment on the section about UU axis
M = resolved moment on the section about VV axis
= moment of inertia of the section about the principal
axis UU
4' = moment of inertia of the section about the principal
axis V-V
o-= bending stress on the section compression positive
NEUTRALPLANE
LONGITUDINALAXIS
1 OFBEAM
CENTRO1DOF
HATCHEDAREAA
TbdX=JdcrdA
Substituting a = My/I andda = dMy/I:
dM I
rbdx=-1
1
ydA
Jy0
or fdM\A7 VQ
where Q=
A = area of the section cut off by a plane parallel to the
neutral axis at a distance of yo from the neutral axis
7= distance of centroid of area A from neutral axis
r = shear stress at a distance Yo from neutral axis
b= width of the section at a distance Yo from neutral axis
h2
A
h/2
__ b
rt
d
Each elemental area t of the flange is at a distance of h/2 from the
neutral axis. The complementary shear stressat a distance s from the
tip of the channel is given by:
SHIAR CLV'fRE
e b
e=
'.Ixx
SHEAR CE.RE
CE)PfRE
e _Y:'ytfYb'ybl
Iyy
. b2h2z[ 2c 8c3
I 1 e=-jj-_[l +--_
W
CEYf.R.E
Strengthof Materials 11
The force Q in the flange is given by:
1b Vhi fb Vh:b2
Q=JTstds=--Jsds= 41
The forces Q in the flanges constitute a couple=Qh
e shear centre of the thin-walled section
V=applied shear force on the section
thickness of the flange of the asymmetrical section
b =distance from the centre of web to the tip of flange
h =distance of centre-to-centre of flanges
Assume that the shear force V acts at the shear centree of the section,
then the resultant torsion on the section is Ve Qh.
If the resultant torsion on the thin-walled section is zero, then:
Ve=Qh or e=='$j1
1.3 TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESS
I
i. -l
SK 1/9 Circular shaft subjected to torsion.
or TR GO r
R / r
where G= modulus of rigidity
= shear stress at radius R
r
=shear stress at radius r from centre of shaft
12 Structural Steelwork
At a distance r from the centre ofthe circularsection, the shear stress
is i- acting on an elemental area of 2irrdr. Moment of the elemental
shear load about the centre of section is the applied torque T.
where
T=JT(2rdr)r=TJ(2rrdr)r2=
GO
d4)
for a hollowcircular section with outer
32
diameterD and inner diameterd
TGJ
k = torsional stiffnessof a circularshaft = = i--
TrGO
and
Jr
TD
Maximum shear stress = Tm = = 16T fora circularshaft
of diameterD
1'
-1
1d/2 2'iy
t d.x.dx +2 J0 --t.y.dy
T 2 1t/2
Jo
=r.d.t2 +rI.d2.t
Substituting TI = r. t/d
T= r.d.t
where T=applied torque on thin rectangularsection
r =shear stressin thin rectangularsection alongthe long edge
d=length of thin rectangular section
t = thickness of thin rectangular section
For I-, channel-, angle- and open-curved sections the same principle
as above will apply.
tf
T1 = Td1t = 2
T1d1t1
> d12
T2 =
Td2tl
r2d2t2 2
d12
Td1t 2
Ti dt2
T2 Td2t r2d2t
3
or T1=T2=T
T=r dt2
3T1
dt3
U=A.1becausex=c.1,e=andP=a.A
Strengthof Materials 15
X
F- -i
SK 1/12 Strain energy in axial load.
i
J
_1dA_fMY21kMd
2EJ 2EJ P
16 Structural Steelwork
because
and
Jy2dA=J
Hence for the entire length of the beam:
u=fdx
where M =bending moment at any point on the beam along its
length along X axis
E=modulus of elasticity of the material of the beam
1=moment of inertia of the cross-section of the beam
about its neutral axis
Strain energy due to shear
-r
SHL4R STRAIN
I
TWIST
U= TO
'r.l 2r.l
G.r G.D
16T
and r=-
irD
irD3r
T
16
u_h1')3T\(2Td
2I
16 )G.D
I)
= (r2\ volume
U=T9= ()voiume
1t/2 (2rx'\2 dl fd/2 (2r'y'\2 ti
=2J I,) dx+2J --) dy
r2dtlf t2
=-''1+;
assuming 'r'/r = t/d approximately
ri 3T1
zGdz3G
ignoring t2/d2 and substituting T = l/3i-d12
where d= length of thin rectangular section
= thickness of thin rectangular section
1= length of the member
Chapter 2
Theory of Structures
0
Several forces acting in a plane at a point can be reduced to one
single force, which is called their resultant. Forces can be represented
by vectors. Vectors have magnitude and direction. If two forces P1
and P2 are represented by their vectors OA and OB, then their
resultant is OC, which can be found using the triangle of forces.
In the triangleofforces ABrepresents Pj in directionand magnitude,
BC represents P2 in directionand magnitudeand AC is the closing
side of the triangle representing the resultant R. When this resultant
vanishes, the forces are said to be in equilibrium.
Similarly, any number of forces acting at a point can be repre-
sented by vectors and the resultant R of these forces can be found
usingthe polygon offorces. When several forcesacting at a point are
in equilibrium, the polygonof forces will close, meaning the resultant
is zero.
A B
Any force can be resolved into two forces acting at right angles to
each other parallel to a chosen orthogonal axis system XX and
YY. The force P can be resolved into PcosO and PsinO parallel to
the XX and YY axes respectively. If a system of forces acting at
point 0 is in equilibrium, then:
X= summation of all resolved forces in the XXdirection= 0
Y=summation of all resolved forces in the YY direction =0
19
20 Structural Steelwork
Y
P sin 8
0 Pcos
SK 2/2 Forces resolved into two orthogonal axes.
F,
P5 'P4
P2
-
SK 2/4 Equilibrium of coplanar forces on a simple truss.
RB
R L
IR4
JOL! A EQ(JJIJBPJrJM
The first step is to find the end reactionsof the truss at supports A
and B using the methods described in Section 2.2. The joint A is in
equilibrium under the action of HA, RA, N1 and N5. Applying
equations of equilibrium:
H= summationof all the forces in the horizontal
direction=0
or HA+ N1 cos0 N5 cosOi Pi sine = 0
> V= summationof all the forces in the vertical direction=0
or RA N1 sin0+ N5 sin01 Pi cos 0 = 0
where HA = horizontal reaction at end A
N1= internal force in member i
RA = vertical reaction at end A
RB= vertical reaction at end B
Knowing HA, RA and 0, the unknown internal forces N1 and N5 can
be found from the two equations of equilibrium. Having found N1,
at node 2 there are two unknownmember forces, N2 and N4. They
can be found by the two equations of equilibrium at node 2.
Similarly, progressing a node at a time, the internal forcesin the rest
of the memberscan be found.
For a determinate truss the relationship between the number of
j
members m and the number ofjoints is given by:
m =2j- 3
where m =number of membersin a truss
j=number of joints in a truss
The truss becomes indeterminateif the number of members exceeds
that given by the above equation. For indeterminatetrusses, consid-
erations of deformationsand strain energy have to be made to solve
Theory of Structures 23
the internal forces. If the number of membersis less than that given
by the equation, then the truss is not a rigid structureand becomes a
mechanism. For a cantilevertruss, however, the joints fixing the truss
to the foundationare not takeninto consideration,and the equation
for a determinatecantilever truss reducesto:
m=2j
B4
Solving for all the joints in a truss with numerous members can
be very tedious using the equations of equilibrium at every joint.
A graphicalmethod of solution of internal forces in the truss could
be easier this methodis called the Maxwell diagram.
p5
p4
PS
P2
B
05
03
/ FUNICULAR POLYGON
6
POLIVONOF FO.ES
Pd
..'.-
FUNICULAR FOLYCON
I'
1
.DIP.aTION
RESULTANT OF
1J3 All) N3 N
p,
N
7.
--,
4, ,,
PS
!UNICTJLAR FOLYON
POLYGON 0! FORCES
NyjR N,
N3
FOLYCON 07 PORC1S OF
LEFT SIDE OF TRUSS
SJXTION rn-n
U+iU= U+zP
Suppose is applied first to the structure at the point of
application of load P0. The deflection produced by this very small
load may be ignored.Forces P1 to P0 are then applied to the elastic
structure. The deflection at the point of application of P, in the
direction of the force becomes 5. The initially applied force iP0
goes through a deflection of t5, and the work done by this load is
Then the strain energy of the structure may be written as
U+ Equating the previous expression of increased strain
energy with this expression:
U+tP050
or 6 = oU
" . . .
which is the proofof Castigliano's
second theorem
The deflection under the load P3 in the truss in SK 2/10 is given by:
6 aU.N1l1oN1
Z
N/m
,/___w
iIIlIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlIIIIIlI'1IIIIIIItIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlI1
wi I
-
I
A B
p
A B
Bendtng moment
dagrum
Ceydreof gvty
of bendtng moment
dtagram of area
.qtaS io A
shape
SK2/13 Shapeofadeflectedbeam.
cIRrRE 07 CRAVI?)'
07 BEJJDIM MOME)4T1'
DIAGRAM ARL4 A
DEFLTDSHAPE
07 BEAM
I I
ia
J(t-a)
CEII7REOF GRAVITY OF
THE BENDIML MOM!)?!
DIACRAM WITH AIZA A
w PER UNIT LEJJ.TH
liii1111111iii111111111iii ii 111111liiii till
11111111
CE)?IRE0! CRAVITY OF
THE BENDIIA MOM!)?!
DIAGRAM WITH AF.RA A
DEFLECTED SHAPE
OF BEAM
M
[ fflIIBUII1IIUIIII' BENDThV. MOJIE1rrDIAGRAM
A(l-.) Mabi
Eli 3E1
Mabi
Mbal Mabi
2E1
Mba = (2O + GA)
oA Mabi MlJ+A(1_)
3E1 6E1 Eli
oB Mabi A
3E1 6E1 Eli
Solving for the end moments in terms of end rotations, the gener-
alised equations are:
Mba
=!(2OB+OA)+(3_1)_60'
=rigid bodyrotationofbeamABdueto settlementofsupport B.
Theory of Structures 35
2.4.5 Fixed-end beams
ARBITRARY
WADIM
OF AREA A2
M
\ BENDING iP)MLVTS
DUE TO CONTINUITY
AT ENDS OF SPAN
( )
A C
Similarly, considering span BC, where the area of the free spanbend-
ing moment diagram is A2 and the centre of gravity of the area A2 is
at X2 from the right-hand support:
M,j2 Mb12 + A22
BC
3EI2 6E12
9AB
3E11 6E11 El1!1
SIMPLY SUPFYRTED
FJXLD 1N1) AT B
Carry-overfactor
It was established earlier that when a bending moment Mab
applied at endA of a simply supported beam, then the end rotations
are given by:
Mabi
OA=-J; B= Mabi
A-
MbaMab
Mabi Mba!
o
MabI MabiMabi
3E1 12E1 4E1
4EIOA 2EIOA
Distribution factor
Four prismaticmembersof uniformcross-section and fixed ends are
connected at joint A as shown in SK 2/20. The members AB, AC,
AD andAE have stiffness factorsk1, k2, k3 and k4 respectively, where
k =E11/11.
38 Structural Steelwork
LL1
E
C
77)77
SK 2/20 Determinationofdistributionfactors.
MabFEMab+kkkkk Ma
= FEMac +
Mac
k1 + k2 + k3 +k4 Ma
Theory of Structures 39
Mad = FEMad
+k +k2k3+k4 Ma
Mae = FEMae + Ma
k1 + k2 k3 + k4
The ratios k1/ k are called the distribution factors.
After distribution at joint A the far ends of the beams will see an
additional moment due to the carry-overequal to:
Ma
The fixed-end moments may be due to transverse loading on the
beam or due to displacement or rotation of the end joint. Fixed-end
moments due to displacement of joints have a significant effect in
sway frames. For sway frames the initial moment distribution is
carried out ignoring sway and assuming supports at the joints in the
directionof sway. After the initial moment distribution the reactions
at these temporary supports are determined. Further moment distri-
butions are carried out by releasing these temporary props one at a
time and allowing the frame to sway in the directionopposite to the
calculated reaction. The force required to cause a unit displacement
at the joint of the frame is computed along with its effect on the
other props in the system. Finally, a set of simultaneous equations
matchingthe numberof temporary props is created by equating the
reactions at the props from the first moment distribution to the
reactions due to unit sway multipliedby a constant at each point of
sway. Solutionof these constants from the equations gives the sway
moments in the frame. These moments are then combined with the
initial moments after first distribution.
2.4.8 Arches
and
N=N'+Hcos
ON
=cosqf
where M'= Bending moment in the arch rib when H is zero
N'= Axial compression in the arch rib when H is zero
f=
=
rise of arch rib
of the centre-line of the arch rib with respect to
angle
the I-axis
H= horizontal reaction at supports
M'_H(f_Y) N'+Hcos050
_f (f_y)ds+J
fSN
I -(fy)'iJiW
-cosq5ds
or H=J0
r El
r cos2
J0 J0 AE
This equation is valid for any symmetrical two-hinged arch subjected
to vertical loads and may be used for numerical integration.An arch
with variable cross-sectional geometry may be divided up into dis-
crete segments along the length of its rib and the numerator and the
denominator of the expression for H evaluated by summation of
the components ofeach segmental value using the segmentlength as
ds in the equation.
Mathematically H can be calculated if the arch rib is assumed to
follow a geometric profile and the geometry of the cross-section is
expressed in terms of its slope to the I-axis. Assume:
4fx2
y
dy=dx
=
dx[()2+lJ
42 Structural Steelwork
1
cos4) = _________
A_A0
cos 4)
cosq5
where A0= area of the cross-section of the arch rib at the crown
=moment of inertia of section of arch rib at crown
The arch when loaded with a uniformlydistributed vertical load of
intensity w per unit length along the I-axis satisfies the following
expressions:
MW'1
8
12
N' = wxsin 4)
Solving mathematically the horizontal reaction at the support may
be written as:
I
H w12
8f(l+/3)
where $=
15! I tan 14f--
1= horizontal span of arch
w uniformlydistributedvertical load intensity
M'=O
N'=O
kxt
H=
r
El
r cos24)
J0 J0 AE
This expression for H may be used for numericalintegration.
Theory of Structures 43
2.4.10 Hingeless symmetrical arches
2Js+2JdsO
aU fS9J%4 (SNON
+N fSyj
ISM#
McJ0E1
cos2 4 S y2ds
McJ+NcJ
0E1
+N
0E1 f AE ds
M'y f N'cosq5
Js-i- Jo AE
ds'
d_J0 El
fSdy
J0 El
r El
I, "C + OU = J0
1S ds
El
H_N__Jo
r El J M'cos
AE
C
r+rcos2
J0El J0 AE
The shifted origin at d is called the elastic centre of the arch. The
expression for H0 and N may be used for numerical integration.
The choice of the origin at the elastic centre is equivalent to
attaching an infinitely stiff bracket at the crown. The forces H0 and
M0act at the end of this bracket at a depth d from the crown of the
arch. The rigid bracket assumptionvalidatesthat there is no rotation
and horizontal displacement at either 0 or C of the hingeless
symmetrical arch under symmetrical loading.
Thermal stresses in hingeless symmetrical arch
A symmetrical hingeless arch subjected to a uniformrise oftempera-
ture tC will try to expandby all at the crown C. Because the arch
is symmetrical, the rotation at the crown must be zero and the
horizontaldisplacement is all. Applying the theorem of least work
it can be said:
t9U _ r M M dsO
9MQJ0EIaMO
OU (SMM (S N ON at!
M=Mo+Hoyi
N=Hocos4
ON OM =
= 1; = cos4; y'
M0=O
Theory of Structures 45
-
O.5cztl
H0=
r ds+J0r cos2
AE
J0E1
This expression for H0 may be used for numericalintegration.
aU2fsMaM
8V0 J0EIOV0
+ ISNON
J0AEoV0
r M'xj
El
r N'sin
or V= J0 ds+j0 AE
___
At any cross-section M' and N' are the bendingmoment and axial
thrust for external loading only.
Having found Vo, the rest of the internal forces and reactions can
be found easily. The expression for Vo can be used for numerical
integration. A combinationof symmetric and antimetric loading can
be used to represent any asymmetric loading on the arch as shown
in SK 2/25.
46 Structural Steelwork
4:
fwI+W
it,, irriiiiiTiiiiii 1E[IJ[IIE111T1JITI1'J2= IIIIIlIIIIIIIIIIIII 'ItlIIIItIIIIIIIIIII +
SK 2/25 Symmetricandantimetricloading.
When a unit load is applied at the end ofa cantilever beam oflength
1 then the bending momentat the support is 1, which is represented
as an ordinate 1 at theendof the cantileverbeam. Similarly, if the
unit load is at a distance x from the built-in end of the cantilever,
Theory of Structures 47
b -I
L x
'5=
1x x2
111.0
1.oL
INFJJJEATCE LINE OR
MN.PIAV MOMEJ'7 AT C
J1J1LUEME LINE FOR
SHEAR F0E AT C
H = H'cosc = Rb
J
when the load is to the left of C.
It is concludedfrom the above expressions that the vertical simple
span reaction influence lineswhen multiplied by a/ffor theright part
of C and b/f for the left part of C give the influence lines for H.
,
force at point D of a simply supported beam of span 1 multipliedby
cos and the second term expresses the influence coefficients of
horizontal thrust H multiplied by sin(4 a)/cosa. The influence
-"LI
i+c
Pt
St
SI
L. " J
LXAL DISPLACEME1 DIAGRAM
S3 x
+sln1 o +sina3 0 0_P2
+cosc2 0 COSa4 +1
P3
S4
+Srnc2 0 +S1nc4 0 P4
S5
which when expressed in a generalised matrix form gives:
{S}[A] = {P}
The matrix [A] is called the geometry matrix or the static matrix.
Assumethat the joints A and B displace by A, A2, A3 and L
alongthe XXand YYaxes as shownin SK 2/32. The axial increases
in the lengthofthe truss elements dueto thesejoint displacements are
Si, 2, 53, 54 and 55 for members1 to 5 respectively. The relationship
betweenthe joint displacements and the member extensions may be
expressed as follows:
+Aicosci+A2sinai =51
+ A3COSa + A4sina2 = 52
A1 + ASfl a3 = 53
A3cosa4+A4sinci4 =54
-A1 +A3 =55
54 Structural Steelwork
Expressed in a matrix form:
+cos c +sin c 0 0
o 0 +COSa2 +Sifl2 52
x cosa3 +sin3 0 0 53
0 0 COS +Sfl4 53
l 0 +1 0 85
or {L}[ATJ= (8)
The matrix [AT] is the transpose of the geometry matrix [A] and is
called the deformation matrix. The compatibilityof deformations at
all the joints is established by this relationship.
The relationshipbetweenthe extensionof a truss element and the
internal force in the element can be expressed as follows:
si=
(i)
l'his relationshipexpressed in matrix notation gives:
[S]= [KJ[8]
where [K] is called the stiffness matrix. For the truss in question the
stiffness matrix can be written as follows:
0 0 0 0
o 0 0 0
'2
[KJ= 0 0 0 0
13
o 0 0 0
/4
o o 0 0
/5
BEAM-ENDJ)MERS
0-, !fr
LI .1,
I
I3.13
BEAM-ENDRO7ATJON
FEM2 = M4 + M5
FEM3 = M6
In matrix notation this can be expressed as:
[FEM] = [A][M]
56 StructuralSteelwork
where the geometry matrix [A] is given by:
0 +1 +1 0 0 0
[A]=0 0 0+1+1 0
0 0 0 0 0 +1
Similarly, if the joint rotations at each joint are equated to the beam-
end rotations for each beam connecting at thejoint, the displacement
matrixcanbeobtained. Thejointandbeam-endrotationsare expressed
as follows:
=0
02 = 93 = 91
04 = 95 = 82
06=83
In matrix notation this can be expressed as:
[0] = [ATJ[9]
where [AT] is given by the following expression:
000
+1 0 0
+1 0 0
0 +1 0
0 +1 0
0 0 +1
The matrix [AT] is the transpose ofthe geometry matrix and may be
called the deformation matrix.
From the slopedeflection equationsderivedin earlier parts of this
chapter it is known that the end rotations and the end moments in
prismaticmembersarerelatedto oneanother. Foraprismaticmember
with jointnotations the following expressions can be written:
M=
(4E1\ (2E1\
Mj=
These equations expressed in matrix notation give:
[M] = [K][0]
Theory of Structures 57
where [K] is called the stiffness matrix and is written as follows:
4E11 2E11
11 l
2E11 4E11 o o o o
11 /1
4E12 2E12
o o
K- 12
2EI
12
4E12
12 12
4E13 2E13
o o
/3 13
2E13 4E13
o o
13 /3
[0] = [AKATf'[FEM]
Thejoint rotation matrix is computedfrom the geometry matrix, the
displacement matrix, the stiffness matrix and the external joint
moment matrix. The inversion of the matrix [AKAT] multiplied by
the matrix [FEM] gives the rotations at all the joints. When the joint
rotations are known,the memberinternalforces can be calculated by
the use of the geometry matrix and the stiffness matrix.
M = beam span-end momentsat end i of beam
FEM,= appliedjointmomentor algebraicsumoffixed-end moments
at
joint I
=rotation ofjoint I
9=beam span-end rotation at end i of beam
1=moment of inertia of section of beam number i
I= length of span of beam number i
E=elastic modulus
2.6.3 Continuous frame analysis by the displacementmethod
The rigid frame chosen to illustrate this method has a single degree
of freedom in the directionof sidesway. To determine the numberof
degrees offreedomin the directionofsidesway the following equation
may be used:
s=2j-(2f+2h+r+m)
where s= number of degrees of freedomof sidesway
j=total numberofjoints in the structure
58 StructuralSteelwork
LOA1IAV VERTICAL
-113 13L3
-1 WAl3JA MOPJZOIIrAL
1,1,
777777 77 777
14 i4
...' Mt ' 4t
?Z777
'"'8s
1,
JOI)f FIJTATION
DISPIJCIME1i'! DUE
TO SIDESPAY
s=2x6[(2x3)+(2x0)+(O+5)]= 1
P2 = FEM2 = M2 + M3 + M8
P3=FEM3=M4-i-M10
P4=H= -(H1 +H2+H3)
M5+M6
H1=
11
M7+M8
H2=
M9 + M10
H3=
13
[P1 = [A][M]
where[A] is given by the following expression:
+1 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0 0 0
0+1+1 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0
[A]=
0 0 0+1 0 0 0 0 0 +1
0 0 0 0 1/11 1//i 1/12 1/12 1/13 1/13
05 = 06 = = x4
11 11
L = X4
= 98 =
07
12
L -
= --=
09 =
13 13
M= +
()o
=
(4)oj + ()a
Theory of Structures 61
Expressed in matrix notation this gives:
[M] = [K][9]
where [K] is called the stiffness matrix and is given by:
ABO
BA
0000000
00000000
00 CDO 00000
0 ODCOO 0000
0000 EFO 000
[K]= 0000 FEO 000
000000 GHOO
0000 OOHGOO
00000000 JJ
0000000 OJI
4E11
I
2E11 4E12
c I
2E12
I 4E13
I
11 i2 12 13
In z
/I
II
/I
/I
U0 COS C)t
$ifl)t
U0
of a free vibrationresponse.
SK 2/36 Vectorialrepresentation
The equation ofmotion has two parts. The first part is dependent on
the initial displacement andthe second part is dependenton the initial
velocity ofmotion. Vectorial representationofthese two parts is illus-
trated in SK 2/36. The rotating vector OB with a lengthuo is rotating
anticlockwise with time at an angularvelocityw.Vector BC with a
lengthequal to uo/w. is at 900 to the vectorOB. The resultant vector
is OC which has a magnitudeequal to A given by:
u = A coswn(t
\ W
From this expression it can be concluded that a time equal to c/w
must pass after initial time t = 0 before u reaches the maximum value
A equal to the amplitudeof motion. This time is called the time lag.
Theory of Structures 65
U
= A e_tcOs(wdt a)
The amplitudeof the motion, A, is given by:
A
=Ju+
(00'2J
Wj
I
0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
u= (Uo\
i jcoslIt+C1coswt+C2sinwt
\1r J
The constants C1 and C2 may be determined from the initial condi-
tions of motion.
Theory of Structures 67
2.7.4 Forced vibration of undamped SDOF system by triangular impulse
1,
The equation of the forced motion due to the triangular pulse when
t<td is given as:
mu+ku=f(t)=Fi(l--f-
\. td
u(z.t)
- x
z
U ____ M4.dx
______ Jvx
__________ -1
___
ThTERJJA1. FORCES IN AN
I1JME17ARY SECTION
V
I OV \
V+---dx)mdx-=O
or
av
=m
Ox 0,2
The following relationships are true in any beam:
02M OV
0x20x' Ox2
or
02/EIj
02u\
+m=0
0x2\ Oxj 0,2
or
u"+j'ju=O
U
where
=, 0u
U=
..
q5iv(x)mj(t) =0
5(x) EIy(t)
70 Structural Steelwork
x and t are independent variables. The first term in the equation is a
function of x only, whereas the second term is a function of t only.
Therefore each part of the equation must be a constant with the
same magnitude but of opposite sign to satisfy this equation for all
arbitrary values of x and t.
Assume that a4 = w2m/EI is the magnitude of the constant which
will satisfy the equations.
a44(x)= 0 and j(t)+ w2y(t) = 0
Solutionof the second equation is the free vibration response of an
SDOF system:
or
e e
= C1 + C2 + C3 + C4 e e
0(x) = A1 sinax +A2cosax+ A3 sinhax + A4coshax
A1, A2, A3 and A4 can be determined from the beam boundary
conditions.
=7l
t),41T \/'4
z(x)s1n
/ir
('I397t2V L4
wfl=n7r2j
2f
q5(x) = A1 sin x
I.
mo=IFdt or u= JFdt
m
Consider free vibration after this very short impulse, and the equa-
tion of responsemay be written as:
J sinwnt
mci
F= magnitude of the impulsive force
H-i. 41
dii(r) =Jfl)drsin cat'
response
u=j0t sinw(tr)dr
Rr)
mL)
))
Followingthesameargument, thetotalresponse of a damped SDOF
system due to anytime-dependentarbitrary loadingwill be given by:
= 1t
JomwD
!
wn 0
g(r) e_t_T) sinw(t
T) di
V= e_(t_T)sinw(t r)dr
J g(r)
Themaximum value of this velocity response for a given damping
coefficientand a given natural frequency ofa single degree offreedom
system can be computed from a given earthquake acceleration time-
history, and this is called the pseudo-spectral velocity Sv given by:
Sv = g(r)e_t_T)sinw(t r) di-}
{J0
A curve can be drawn for Sv against a series of SDOF systems with
.
varyingw and fixed damping coefficient A series of these curves
can also be drawnwith different dampingcoefficients.Thesecurves are
called the responsespectra for pseudovelocity.
1 10
UN.DAMPEI) NATURAL FREQUENCY (liz)
Assume that the load acting on the plate is normal to the surface
of the plate, and the deflection of the plate due to the applied
loading is small compared to the thickness of the plate. There is no
in-plane loading on the plate and the plate is not restrained in the
in-plane direction. Assume that during bending the middle plane of
the plate has no strain.
The plane xy lies in the middle plane of the plate and the axis z is
in the perpendicularout-of-planedirection. An element of the plate
of sides dx and dy, cut out from the plate by two pairs of planes
parallel to planes xz and yz, is shown in SK 2/44.
z I'
MI
L
SK 2/44 Internal loads in a plate at the middle plane.
Theory of Structures 75
Assume that q is the loading per unit area on the plate and q dxdy is
the loadingon the plate element of sides dx and dy. M is the bending
moment per unit length acting on the edges of the plate element
parallel to the y-axis and M is the bending moment per unit length
acting on the edges parallel to the x-axis. and M)X are the
torsional moment per unit length on the edges of the plate element
parallel to the y-axis and x-axis respectively. The out-of-planeshear
forces V and V, per unit length of the plate element correspond to
bendingmomentsM and M respectively.
Considering the force diagram in SK 2/44 the vertical force
balance gives:
ixdy+3dydx+qdxdy=0
OV OV
++q
Ox
=0
Oy
Taking moments about the x-axis gives:
OM dxdy dy dx + V, dx dy =0
Ox Oy
OM OM
Ox Oy+ Y0
Similarly, 0M +
OM
V =0
Oy Ox
O2MXO2MY2O2MXY q
Ox2 0y2 OxOy
From pure bending of plates it is known that:
/82w 02w
M = -D(----+v---
Ox 0)1
102w 02w
M = -D-+u---
02w
= M = D(1 ii)
Ox Oy
Eh3
D=
12(1 v2)
where D =flexural rigidity of plate
h =thickness of plate
w =deflectionof plate in the out-of-planedirection
ii Poisson's ratio for material of plate
76 Structural Steelwork
M = bending moment per unit length acting on the
edges parallel to the y-axis
=
M bending moment perx-axis unit length acting on the
edges parallel to the
and M, = torsional moment per unit length on the edges of
the plate
=
q loading per unit area on plate
V= shear force per unit length of plate due to M,,
=
Vi,, shear force per unit length of plate due to M
8'wq
+2 O2O2+=
a4w 9w
V=
a+=-D(---+
ay
a
,2
ax
law
ox \OX
w
aMy,
OM D (02w + 02w
a Ox t9y Ox2
These are the classical differential equations for any plate with small
deflections. The solution will depend on the loading and boundary
conditions. Solutions for several loading and boundary conditionsof
different geometric shapes of plates are available in Theory ofPlates
and Shells, second edition, by Timoshenko and Woinowsky-Kreiger,
published by McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1959.
PLATE SIMPLY SUPPORTED ON P0(1k SIDES PLATE WITH IVUR EWES FIXED
LINES
WECATIVE YJELD
LINES
shape of
yhne of iviation
'fI
I
segment
Pnction
of segment I T C/i,
(
or r >Mpl
Ac
where M ultimate plastic moment capacity of the plate section
per unit length (Nm/m)
I= length of a side ofsegmentor projected lengthofa side
of a segment over which M is acting to resist the
rotation due to the applied loading
rA == ultimate
area
resistancein N/m2
of the segmentbordered by the yield lines (m2)
c= centroid of the area A (loaded by r) from the line of
rotation of the segment.
Consider the two-wayplate element shownin SK 2/46. Land Harethe
dimensions of the plate. Locationsof the yield lines are denotedby x
andy. For symmetrical yield linesx is assumed equal to L/2. The only
unknownparameter in the analysis is the dimensiony. The segments
are marked 1 and 2. The freebody diagramsofthe segments show the
actions of M resisting the rotation about the segment support.
Consider the free body diagram of segment 1:
>MpI MpL
2[
Assuming projected lengths for the inclined sides of the triangular
segment:
y Ly
c1=, A1=--
rAici r>Mp/MpL
Mp
ru=lo
Theory of Structures 79
Similarly, for segment2 the moment balance will give:
>Mpl=
__ _____ I
d/4
d/4
d/4
IJd/4
I
2.9.3 Plastic behaviour of a section of a beam with bending and axial load
nI1 ]
=Ij
L-J fI, Is,
SK 2/48 Stress blocks in a section with bending and axial load.
Load 2at
Capacity A
The revisedmoment capacity of the section is the full section pure
bending plastic moment of resistance M less the moment capacity
lostdue to the axial load stressblock at the centre ofthe section. The
revisedmoment capacityis given by:
n2A2 / n2A2\
MP=MP-tafYa=MP-t--fY=I\S___)fY
The ratio n is obtained from the applied compressive load. The
f
design strengthp, should be used in place of where the thickness
exceeds 16mm.
M'rzMp-
(fYfm)M
where f == V/zd and fm = 'J(f 3f)
moment of resistance of web only
=plastic
thickness of web
4= depth of web
The reduced value of longitudinalfibre stress should be used to find
a further reduction of plastic moment capacity if an axial com-
pressive load is also present. Assuming that the axial load carrying
capacity of the web only is not exceeded, the following relationship
of axial load N can be written:
_fnl tw
where a is the distanceon either side of the central axis ofthe section
over which the axial load is resisted. As in the case of bending and
axial load, the plastic moment of resistanceis further reduced to:
lYE
,
la' = IVJP (fy fm \,
\ Jy. /JlYipw IWUJm
(
3 1
4
77,77
___llillIllh1i4
wi2 FJXEI)-EMD BEAM
_____ [Ilk
Mp=_
The beam now behaves as simply supported till the hinge at 3 is
formed due to further incremental loading. Then the system, with
three hinges, turns into a mechanism. The incremental loading
required to form the third hinge is w2.
wi!2 w212 WI!2
WI
W2=-
w is the total ultimateuniformlydistributedload on the spangiven by:
W = W1 + W2 = 4 WI
WI =3W
w12
Mp-j--
Note: This analysis ignores the effect of shear on the plastic
moment of resistance of the beam section.
Chapter 3
Analysis of Structures: Worked Examples
Pratt 6m to 12m 4 to 5 3m to 4m
Howe 6m to 12m 4 to 5 3m to 4m
Fink 6m to 15m 5 to 7 3m to 4m
85
86 Structural Steelwork
3.1.2 Loading on the truss
q5=0.613; V = 745N/rn2
Stage 9: C= standard pressurecoefficient
For Duopitch roofwith pitch angle 21.8 and the direction of wind
angle0 = 0, the externalpressurecoefficients in different zones ofthe
roof are obtained from Table 10 of BS6399: Part 2.
Analysis of Structures 87
L30m
C -0.45 2iin
7.5m
2 1 0.9 1 0.65 2 0.9
C 0.25 +0.3
I2 7.5m r 2
A -1.2 +0.5 B -0.65 1-0.35 A 1,2 +0.5 2.fm
_j
.?
4,,
= 10.5m
1)IRZtIION 01 WJN,D
Ca(ext)
= 0.84 for a = 31.1 m
Ca(int)
= 0.70 for a = 159.4m
8$ StructuralSteelwork
Net surfacepressures
Wind load case 1:
Zone A: p = qs[Ca(ext)(1.2)+ Ca(int)(0.2)]
= 745(0.84x 1.2 + 0.7 x 0.2) = 855N/rn2
Zone C: p = qs[Ca(ext)(O.25)+ Ca(int)(0.2)]
= 745(0.84x 0.25+ 0.7 x 0.2) = 26N/rn2
Zone E: p = qs[Ca(ext)(0.9)+ Ca(int)(0.2)]
= 745(0.84x 0.9 + 0.7 x 0.2) = 668N/rn2
Zone G: p = qs[Ca(ext)(O.45)+ Ca(int)(0.2)]
= 745(0.84x 0.45+ 0.7 x 0.2) = 386N/rn2
Wind load case 2:
Zone A: p = +qs[Ca(ext)(0.5) + Ca(mt)(0.3)1
= +745(0.84 x 0.5 + 0.7 x 0.3) = +469N/rn2
Zone C: p = +qs[Ca(cxt)(0.3) + Ca(jnt)(O.3)]
= +745(0.84 x 0.3 + 0.7 x 0.3) = +344N/rn2
Zone E: p = +qs[Ca(ext)(0.9) + Ca(int)(0.3)]
= +745(0.84 x 0.9 +0.7 x 0.3) = 407 N/rn2
Zone G: p = +qs[Ca(ext)(0.45) + Ca(mt)(0.3)]
= +745(0.84 x 0.45 + 0.7 x 0.3) 125N/rn2
Determination of nodal wind loads
Spacing of truss =4rn
Spacing of nodes on rafter =2.02 rn
Wind load at node 2 = 4 x 2.02 x (855 261) = 4509 N
All other nodal loads are calculated in the same way, as shown in
SK 3/2.
Dead Load
Assume own weight =0.2kN/m2
Sheeting and purlins =0.15 kN/rn2
Insulation = 0.025kN/m2
Fixings and fittings = 0.025kN/rn2
Services =0.lOOkN/rn2
Total dead load = 0.500kN/m2
Nodal dead load =0.Sx4rnx 15m--8nodes=3.75kN
Analysis of Structures 89
26/N/rn'
855)J/rn'
WIND
WIND PRESSURE
3m
15,n
Imposed load
No access has to be provided to the roof. As per Clause 4.3 of
BS6399: Part 3 the loading should be:
B9 =11.86
15m
= MEMBER MIMBERI
= JOiNT NUMBERS
SK 3/3 Analysis of truss by method of section.
S8cosci+S13+l.559sincx=O
S8sina+1.559cosc11.86=0
From these two equations we get:
S8 = 28.04kN (tensile) and S13 = 25.45kN (compressive)
)TJNICTJL4R PVLYOR
MAXWELL DIACRAM - FOLYCON OF FORCES
Step 2 Draw on the nodes of the truss the known directions of all applied
forces, including the reactions. If the direction of any reaction is not
known to start with, it will become known at the end of the analysis.
The directionofthe reactionat the support with rollers is to be taken
as vertical.
Step 5 Draw the polygon of forces. Choose any scale large enough for the
forces to be properly represented in magnitude and direction, and
for unknown forces to be accurately scaled off from the Maxwell
diagram. Start the polygon of forces with vector 23 in a direction
vertically downwardsfrom point 2 to point 3 representing the first
applied load on the truss from the left-hand end. The distance from
2 to 3 in the force polygon is a representation of the magnitudeof
the force, using a convenient scale of forces (e.g. xkN= 1 mm).
Step 6 Choose a pole 0 anywhere close to the polygon of forces and draw
the rays from the pole to the ends of the vectorialrepresentationof
individual applied forces as shown in SK 3/4.
Step 7 Draw the funicular polygon under the truss by extendingthe lines of
action of the applied forces. Start at the support which is restrained
horizontally and vertically. Draw lines between the lines of action
of forces under the truss in a systematic order parallel to rays in the
polygon of forces where rays must correspond to spaces between
the loads. Forexample, the first line ofthefunicularpolygonunder the
truss in SK 3/4 is parallel to ray 03 of the force polygon because it
corresponds to the space 3 between the loads in the diagram of the
truss above. The next line parallel to ray 04 starts from the point
where the first line parallel to ray 03 meets the line of action of the
load 34. Following this principle complete the funicularpolygon up
to the last space between load direction lines. Close the funicular
polygon by joining the last two points on the load lines.
94 Structural Steelwork
Step 8 In the polygon of forces draw a line vertically from the last point
after vectorial representationof all applied forces, to represent the
direction ofthe reaction at the support with rollers. Draw a line from
the pole 0 parallel to the closing line of the funicular polygon. These
two lines meet at a point which gives the magnitude and direction
of the vertical reaction at the support with rollers. The reaction at
the other support is represented in magnitude and direction by the
joining line between this point and the starting point of the polygon
of forces.
In SK3/4, the ray 01 in the forcepolygonis parallel to the closing
line of the funicular polygon under the truss. The reaction at the
roller support is represented in magnitudeand directionby the vector
111 in the polygon of forces. The vector 12 represents the other
reaction at the fully restrained end of the truss.
Step 10 Draw the Maxwell diagram by drawing a line parallel to the fictitious
member from point 7 on the polygon of forces and another line
parallel to member 118, starting from point 1. These two lines meet
at point 18, defining vectorially the internal force in member 118 by
vector 118. Similarly draw a line parallel to member 112 from
point 1 and another line parallel to member 1012 from point 10.
These two lines meet at 12, giving vectorially the internal force in
member 112. Solve the whole truss graphically by solving one space
at a time.
Analysisof Structures 95
Table 3.2 Table ofinternal forces in the truss.
MAIN BEAM
MAIN BEAM
MAIN BEAM
Total 7.20kN/m2
Imposed load (IL) Minimum on roof with access 1.50kN/m2
Analysis of Structures 97
Concentrateddead load from secondary beams at 4.Om centres:
= Self-weight + 4m x 8m x 7.2kN/m2 = 250kN
Concentratedimposed load from secondary beams at 4.0 m centres:
= 4.Om x 8.Om x 1.5kN/m2 = 48kN
Ultimateconcentrated load= 1.4DL+ 1 .61L =430 kN
Similarly, for a secondary beam spaced at 4.5 m centres:
Ultimate load =480kN
Height of blockworkparapet is assumed to be 1.2m
Weight of parapet, renderingand fascia panels =2kN/m
Dead load from the secondarybeam at the tip of the cantilever:
=0.75m x 8.Om x 7.2kN/m2+8.Omx 2kN/m=6OkNincluding
self-weight
Imposed load from secondary beam at the tip of the cantilever:
=0.75mx8.Omx 1.5kN/m2=9kN
Ultimate load from secondary beam at the tip of the cantilever:
=1.4x60+1.6x9=lOOkN
Step 3 Choose size ofbeam
Maximum free span bending moment in the central 12.Om span
section of the continuous beam:
=4.0m x 430kN= 1720kNm (ultimate)
Approximate plastic modulus required for Grade 43 mild steel:
= 1720x106 =6.25xlOmm
6 3
275
The maximum bending moment in a continuousbeam will be about
70% of this maximumfree span bending moment.
3
Choose UB 610 x 305 x 149 kg/m with plastic modulus= S= 4.572 x
106
i4 H
A 4.0 4.O'j4.0 4.0
Span AB:
Appliedmomentat A = [(100x 1.5) + (2.1 x 1.52 2)] = 152 kNm
Midspan moment due to concentrated load in span = 430 x 84=
860 kNm
Midspan moment due to distributed load in span 2.1 x 828=
16.8 kNm
Span BC:
Midspan moment due to concentrated load in span = 1720kNm
Midspan moment due to distributed load in span= 37.8 kNm
Span CD:
Midspan moment due to concentratedload in span = 1080kNm
Midspan moment due to distributed load in span =21.3kNm
860
A2c=(23)x2l.3x9=127.8 8=4.5mand10=4.5m
Analysis of Structures 99
Step 7 Establish the three moment equations andsolve
Consider spans AB and BC:
MA +2MB
'AB (!+i)+Mc
JAB 'BC 'BC
I
Moment of inertia is constant for the beam.
8MA+4OMB+12MC
/3440 x 4 89.6 x 4 13760 x 6 302.4 x 6
+ 8 + + 12
=6 8 12
= 52776
MA -l52kNm
MB+0.3MC=1289 (3.1)
Consider spans BC and CD:
MB1BC + 2MC(IBC+ lCD)+ MDICD
= 6(Ai5 + + A1CD7 +
\. 'BC 'BC 'CD 'CD
A2CDI8)
0DC=
MlCD MCD!CD - A1CD9 - A2CD1O =0
3EICD 6EJCD EICD!CD EICDICD
or 2MD + MC = = 1662.6
D (AICD9 + A2CDXIO) (3.3)
326.8
152
A B C B
SK 3/8 Bendingmomentdiagram of the continuousbeam.
For span AB, the bendingmoment at the centre of span is given by:
440,7
119.1
100 I
A B C .0
2.lx 92 480x =
FEMCD = 554.2 kNm
kAs=-=I,
32
31AB
kBC==I
41AB 12
3
3
l
'BC 1
kAB
= 32
kAB+kBC
32 12
102 Structural Steelwork
Distribution coefficient for span AR at joint B is 0.53 and for span
BC at joint B is 0.47.
Distributioncoefficients at joint C:
I I
kcB=j-; kcD=
1
kcB = 12 =0.43
kcB-fkcD 1 1
A B C D
,.I,. _______________
/ 14 ,O, ,I4 \ I
BEAM-END M0MEAS AND
A
) I\ BEAM-END ROTATIONS
001
000
Find stiffness matrix [K]
EI= 0.5E1
Span AB: 2E12 El=0.25E1
EI=0.333E1
Span BC: 2 --- EI= 0.167E1
EI= 0.444E1
Span CD:
El= 0.222E1
0.5 0.25 0 0 0 0
0.25 0.5 0 0 0 0
0 0 0.333 0.167 0 0
[K] = ignoring El
0 0 0.167 0.333 0 0
0 0 0 0 0.444 0.222
0 0 0 0 0.222 0.444
[S]= [K][B}
0.5 0.25 0
0.25 0.5 0
0 0.333 0.167
[S] = 0 0.167 0.333
0 0 0.444
0 0 0.222
[D]=[A][S]
Analysis of Structures 105
0.25
0.5 0
[D]= 0.25 0.833 0.167
0 0.167 0.773
[F]=
2.372068 0.74414 0.160764
[F]= 0.74414 1.48827 0.32153
0.160764 0.32153 1.363124
[] = --
El [F][PJ
+289.2
+546.181
43.0
ri
L'I=j
1 i,n n
LUIU.Y .. . [A-f] =
+184.519
164.302
1030.4
453.398
[At] = [S][]EI 226.699
lOrn
-3
____________________________
8
3 6
5vft 301N/m
iii iiiiiiiiii'i E
5ojj
2 5
[8O2n
5kN/,m
- I
7Z
4
7Z77
4
6x-x210x106x294l0xl08
FEM0i 6LEI
____
12
1000
52
= 51.84 kNm
Carry out the moment distribution separately for the two cases: first
when the prop is removed at joint 5 and then when the prop is
removedat joint 6 (see SK 3/13 and SK 3/14).
When the prop is removed at joint 6, a horizontal force P1R is
applied at the rooflevel to produce the side sway. The value of this
load FIR, obtained after the moment distribution with a fictitious
Structural Steelwork
7YL 10 C
sri- 0sri- 740
NOLLDIJd.L III
&ZAO AV1
NOIJlErdJSIa
WZAOAPIT3
0
-.:_
_- LCJ-+
tlJ
0
i1P+
0
0
00
0
E
In
NOWrd'LSIII wpR
JN1 auu
aMi
ULWOI I," i!2 1120 C
'-I
.z
..1441 I
.
441 C
-
I I 4 4.1I
I
N0iSIEtLSl0 4P0
W1A0AOIV3 0
NolifErasla
osoI
PL9+
I sad
boiS+
Lrhi
lPt
:0
0
WP+ _.
l_.,.,
4 1.-
I
Pole-
0
o
p
0
7r.Lai
NOLLDBfSSSIU
&ZA0-AV!
NO1.LoHrd.LsIa
1IA0-JZdV3
NOWEIWLSJO
-
U-
901+
91W-
004+
94Ptt
.-_.-
P000-
g
109+
064-
SIJ+
gop,+
W6+
901+
084-
0
corn
-
_..
_
e9p#
-
-
004+
-
LNIK kZ-0VZd b9I9 Po19 0 0
04901 1M7
I'1ac
Co ()
41S.6O
441 144
4 4 I - -. P o
.--
yin urn
I +
NZKIWaNI-OUM
NOW17I.i010
N0I.LO2M.iSIl1
0.490I
19l9
4P04
gQ.4+
__
PoiS
gopi+
4645+
ore
crm
zo
0
0
__.__
004+
0
C
140-111013
101100 010
soc
L'D3 t'-0 961-
7v4ai
Cl)
Analysisof Structures 109
displacement, is given by:
2 x (20.11 + 30.34)
P1R=
= +20.18 kN based on the column-end moments
This applied force at roof level also gives rise to a reaction FIF at the
prop at the floor level which is not removed. FIF is given by:
2 x (20.11 + 30.34 + 9.36+ 4.68)
FIF=- 5
= 25.80 kN based on the end moments
When the prop is removed at joint 5, a horizontal force P2F is
applied at the floor level to produce the side sway. The value of this
load is obtainedafterthe moment distributionwith the prop at joint
5 removed, and is given by:
2 x (22.68 + 40.19+ 48.99 + 50.41)
F2F=
= +64.91 kN based on the end moments
This applied force gives rise to a reaction P2R at the prop at roof
level which is given by:
2 x(22.68--40.19)
F2R = 25.l5kN
lOvn
1
,____,.x,
:3 8
IIlltltIIttLlItltIllLlI! ___________________________
:2 5
5,'
4
'
LOADIMO DIAGRAM JOiNT WADDEFIJRMAT1ON DIAGRAM
-
e 912
\/&. (+Ve) (+V.)
M4fr4
., (+V.) (#1'.)
- 2
cb
fr
4
(V.)
(V)
(-V.)
(V.)
?/
I 4
MEMBER-END MOMENT AND ROTATION DEFORMATION COMPATiBILITY DIAGRAM
+12.5
+25.0
These external loads are acting on the joints and clockwise moments
are positive. Equating external and internal moments we get:
P1 =M1+M8
12 =M2+M12
P3=M3+M6+M7
P4 = M4 + M10 + M1
P5 = -(M7+M8+M1i+M12)
P6 = (M7 + M8 + M11 + M12 M5 M6 M9 M10)
[F] = [A][M]
1000 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
[A] =
0010 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
0001 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
0000 0 0 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.2 0.2
0000 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
03=x3
x6
05=-i
= X3 x6
07 =X3
x5x6
08 X1
x5x6
x6
x6
010
=X4_-Z-
011
x5x6
012 = X2 x5x6
[0] = [B][X] where [B] = [AT]
23.528 11.764 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11.764 23.528 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 78.800 39.400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 39.400 78.800 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 47.056 23.528 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 23.528 47,056 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 47.056 23.528 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 23.528 47.056 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47.056 23.528 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23.528 47.056 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47.056 23.528
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23.528 47.056
23.528 11.764 0 0 0 0
11.764 23.528 0 0 0 0
0 0 78.8 39.4 0 0
0 0 39.4 78.8 0 0
0 0 23.528 0 0 14.1168
0 0 47.056 0 0 14.1168
23.528 0 47.056 0 14.1168 14.1168
47.056 0 23.528 0 14.1168 14.1168
0 0 0 23.528 0 14.1168
0 0 0 47.056 0 14.1168
0 23.528 0 47.056 14.1168 14.1168
0 47.056 0 23.528 14.1168 14.1168
[X] = i0 2.231884
1.2937
7.619317
4.49324
300k1 300k)I
'0
J
cos' cos
The origin of the arch is assumed to be at the crown, where x and y
are zero. The equation of the centre-line of the parabolic arch is
given by:
y 4fx2
j
wherefis the rise ofthe arch from the springing level and / is the span
of the arch between supports.The span of the arch is 50m and the
rise is 6.25m, giving a rise to span ratio of 1: 8. The numerical
integration method is used to find the internal forces in the arch rib
subjected to a symmetrical loadingof300 kN at the centre ofthe arch
and another loadingcase of a pair of loads at 5m from the centre of
the arch. As discussed in Chapter2 in the sectionon arches,only half
of the arch needs to be analysed because the shear vanishes at the
crown due to symmetry. To use this analyticalmethod, it should be
remembered that only a pair of symmetrical loads can be analysedat
a time. Thecentralloadingof 300kN is split into two loads of 150kN
applied side by side.
116 Structural Steelwork
The arch is dividedinto 10 segments. The centres of these segments
are assumed to lie 2.5m apart on the X-axis starting with the first
segmentat x= 1.25 m. The following expressions have been used to
calculate the numbers given in Tables 3.4a, b and C:
dy 8fx 1
tan==-; cos=
dx /2
l+tan2
dx
cos
- >_:siI
d >
y = y d
NC
Ho (M'yi /I) + > (N' cosqAS/A)
i:: (Y:IXII) + (cos2 cbLS/A)
Mo (M'L/I)
>:: (/I)
M=M+Ny+M'
M= Mo-Hod
For the central load of 300kN M' = 150 x x and N' = 150 x sin.
M' and N' are the bendingmoment and the direct thrust due to the
applied load only.
This method of numerical integration can be used for any arch
structure provided the energy-based formulae are derived for that
particular type of arch. For the hingeless arch considered here, the
results ofthe numerical integrationare shown in Tables 3.4a, b andc.
1.3 0.0 1.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 3335.7 52.1 1.9
3.8 0.1 1.0 0.1 2.5 0.0 0.0 3319.1 466.8 1.8
6.3 0.4 1.0 0.1 2.5 0.0 0.0 3286.4 1283.8 1.6
8.8 0.8 1.0 0.2 2.5 0.0 0.0 3238.6 2479.6 1.1
11.3 1.3 1.0 0.2 2.6 0.0 0.0 3177.0 4020.8 0.7
13.8 1.9 1.0 0.3 2.6 0.0 0.0 3103.1 5866.8 0.1
16.3 2.6 1.0 0.3 2.6 0.0 0.0 3018.9 7971.8 0.7
18.8 3.5 0.9 0.4 2.7 0.0 0.0 2926,3 10287.7 1.6
21.3 4.5 0.9 0.4 2.7 0.0 0.0 2827.1 12766.3 2.6
23.8 5.6 0.9 0.4 2.8 0.0 0.0 2723.3 15361.3 3.7
30955.6 60556.9
d= 1.96
Analysisof Structures 117
Table 3.4b Determination of moments and reactionsfor a central load of 300kN
M' N' M'y1i/I N'cosL/A y.jI cos2/A M'L/I M
12 x
(y/I)+>
otlE/2
( cos2bJA)
1!
Regai'ave eid Lines -'
______________________________
1500
_I_750.
Mp/uni1
ZengUi
ResvUan Load
Mp
yieLd Line ifieLd Line
--.
S
FREE BODY DL4CR.4M OF SEC7OR1 FREE BODY 1)JACRAMOF SEt7OR2
+ x x 750 x 5000M
(2 M)=
120 Structural Steelwork
5000Mp= 500ry2; or r=
Consider sector 2
>M=
=4000M-M
Resisting moment = rA = r x {[(2ooo y) x 1500 x 750]
1500
+ fy
[X 1500x---
r
= x [(22.5 x 10) (75 x 104y)]
= r[(22.5 x 108) (75 x i04 x
4000Mp
Mp
or r= (22.5
(4oo0)MP
< 108) (75 x lO4y)
L=,5Orri
v(x, t) = (x)Z(t)
(x) = v(x,t)
Theenergy principle, known as Hamilton's principle, is used to solve
the problem of vibration. The kinetic energy is termed T and the
potentialenergy is termed V. The kinetic energy ofthe chimney may
be written as:
T= m(x)[i't(x, )]2 dx
122 Structural Steelwork
The strain energy of the chimney due to flexure may be expressed as:
Vf = dx
J EI(x)[v"(x, t)]2
The derivatives with respect to x are marked by primes and those
with respect to time are marked by dots. For example:
d2v d2v
v"=
dx2
and v=
dt2
The vertical load N on top of the tower undergoes a vertical
deflection equal to e(t), which is a function of time. The parameter
e(t) may be determined as follows.
di
F-
90'
4- IFL)
e(t) = dvtan
()= dvtan for small values of
dv
1 lfdv\2 dx
=-dv=-i I
2 dx 2\dxj
The potential energy of the load N is therefore given by:
Nt'
VN=N I e(t)= I [v'(x,t)]2dx
Jo 2Jo
Thepotentialenergy of the load N is reducedby the deformatione(t)
of the chimney, and therefore the negative sign is introduced.
There are no directly applied dynamic loads on the chimney. An
earthquake produces a base motion. If damping is neglected in the
analysis, then Hamilton's principle will take the form:
tt2
O(TV)dt=O
Jti
(t2
I
'
I m(x)it(x,t)13 dx EI(x)v"(x, t) 9v" dx
Jt1 Jo JO
+NI v'(xt)av'dx]dt=O
Analysis of Structures 123
where:
Z OZ (!)2dx di = 0
j 0 EI(x)(,b")2 dx + NZc9Z J
0
J ti
m*Z+k*Z_kZ_pff(t)
where:
=
J m( dx = m J1 (i cos
)2
dx = 0.228m1
k* =
J EJ(1/')2 dx = El
J' ( cos
)2
dx =
124 Structural Steelwork
k =k
-kG=-----
N1ir2 = EI which
8! gives Ncr =
. . ir2EI
-
At the critical buckling load N this stiffness will become zero.
*
kG = --
ir2EI N
and k-* = ir4EI(1
N
0.228m!2(t) + = O.364m1ig(1)
(i )Z(t)
For the chimney in SK 3/18 assume:
Direct load N=0kN
Constant mass per unit length= m =2.0 kNms2 (per metre length)
Constant moment of inertia of the chimney cross-section =1=
628 x 104m4
Young's modulus for steel= E=200 kN/mm2
Therefore:
2
= O.228m1 = 0.228 x 2.0 x 50 = 22.8 kNS
m
k*
=j= 305.9kN/m
kNs2
A = 0.364m/ = 36.4
3.66rad/s
2ir
The time penod of oscillation = T= = 1.72s
f00
UNDAMPEDNATURAL FREQUENCY(Hz)
A 36.4 x 0.55
=0.240m
mw 22.8 x 3.66
= 0.240 x cos m
(i
126 StructuralSteelwork
The maximumbase shear is:
A2 36.42 x 3.66 x 0.55
Vmax=wSv= 1l7kN
m
The maximum distributedload on the chimney is given by:
2x117( irx
Ws,max = mt/j(x) Vmax COS
A 36.4
= 6.43 x
(i _cos)kN/m
Assume there is a mass on top of the structure of weight N kN. In
the equation of motion the stiffness to be used is then given by:
N
k*7rEh(l
32/k N4
where Ncr = ir2EI/412 and the total mass M = m* + N/g.
Circular frequency w =
Maximumbase shear = Vm = (
IA2
\m
+ N\
JwS
gj
where S, is obtained from the responsespectrum for T= 2ir/w.
The bending moment at the base of the chimney is given by:
A 2 /1
+wS,,l
4 2\ N
=1mlwS(-+--
m ir irj g
=0.429m1 ciS+wSl
g
At a heighth above the base the bendingmoment and shear force are
given by:
A N
Vh,max?flWSv I i'(x)dx+wS
m Jh g
Carry out numerical integrationto find m*, k*, A and w if the mass
per unit length and the moment of inertia vary with x. Divide the
chimney or any tall cantilever structure into discrete segments, and
use the summationprinciple to solve for w.
Analysis of Structures 127
3.7 EXAMPLE 3.7: PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF A PiTCHED
PORTAL FRAME
7.5m
A 1'
30.Om
515.7
158.8
5,5.7 5,5.7
454.6 454.6
FL1. J.JT I
__\\ J.JJ,.LL,LI
PLASTIC
HThVE
SK 3/24 Sketchof portal showing criteria for the two unitload analyses.
= 134.3 kNm
The design strengthis takento be equal tof, because the thickness of
web is less than 16mm. The revised plastic moment of resistance
of the rafter section is given by:
M#=MP_(1'/m)Mpw_ki2fm
=
3f = /2752 (3 x 24.32) = 271.8 N/mm2
Analysis of Structures 131
N 154.6 x i03
444mm, a=22.2mm
2a=y-_=2718 128
M'Mp
fY_fm)M_tf
x 265 x 10_6)_
(275271.8)1614
(12.8 x 22.22 x 271.8 x 10-6)
= 588.4kNm
+
UB 457x152x62 kg/nt
BENDJ) DJRLtT
STRESS STRESS
= 211.5N/mm2
V = 77.7 x i03
Shear stress = Tx =
(D 2T)t [465.1 (2 x 18.9)] x 10.7
= 17N/mm2
Principalstress = +
/( )2
+m
= 212.9N/mm2 <275N/mm2=p
Maximum deflection at service limit state= 120.2mm =
All stresses are below the design strength at serviceability limit state.
J 19540 x
1519 = 39724cm4
PLASTIC
hAVES
SK 3/27 Sketch of portal showing the two unit load analysis criteria.
fm - 3f = 268.6 N/mm2
N 174.3 x
2a== 268.6x9.1 =71.3mm; a=35.7mm
fmt
137
138 Structural Steelwork
4.2 MATERIAL GRADE SELECTION AND SECTION TYPE SELECTION
FJN?L4TI XUW LL
.vAcuir
(4O-o%)
CLXaT swr AMLZ GLW
rni.zz.r
(4O-so)
v PLfflszZ ID PLIF
814N-IV-RE4M SIPLI %MT1
JINPL?Z
(40-50%)
Ug (40-60%)
CLEAT LWBLS AXLECLEAT
(40-902)
PLEXIRLE END PLATE
(?0-100%)
BEAN-n -WMN SIMPLE 02,WjTIONS
stiffeners, and at the connection with primary beams they will have
tensile as well as compressive stiffeners. The secondary beams with
end plate connections to the webs of the columns may have welded
T-stubs if fin plates are not adequate.
1L t 4 +
1
L
2rc
\
=-
4 4
-
4
I
4
L I-
,6
L
'lED'
%_41 1
WELDED
Low-cost connections
All monoplanar trusses with two continuous booms and internal
bracing where the joints are assumed 'pinned' may have low-cost
connection provided the boomsare made of UB, UC, RSJ, ST, RSC,
RSA or RHS with gusset plates bolted or welded at the intersections
with the internal bracing. The internal bracing is generally made of
RSA, RSC, RSJ, UC or UB, using bolts for connections to the
gusset plates. When RSJ, UC or UB are used, flange stripping may
be necessary for connection to gusset plates, requiring extra
fabrication work. The cost of fabrication goes up with welded
internals. The boom faces for connections of the internals should be
wider than the internals to allow fillet welds all round. The welded
connectionsrequire a lot more handling in the shop.
142 Structural Steelwork
Medium-costconnections
If monoplanar trusses require stiffening of the booms at the
connections because the forces are high, then the fabrication costs
are increased considerably. Any moment connection at the internal
bracing, as in a Vierendeel truss, will increase the complexity of the
connection. The types of sections for the booms and the internals
remain the same as in a low-cost connection option. Welded
connections at the intersections requiring stiffening add even more
to the cost of fabrication.
High-cost connections
All monoplanar trusses made of circularhollow sections with welded
intersections require full profile preparation for the internals. Some
connections may require the thickening of walls (by 'canning' or by
the use of 'saddles') to prevent high local stress concentrations.
Through-fitted and welded gussets are also used. These connections
require a great deal of time, effort and handling in the shops.
Ifthe trusses are in more than oneplane then the complexity of the
connection is more severe. Jigging in three dimensions addsto the cost
of fabrication. Problemsassociatedwith multi-positional weldingand
numerous handlingand transportation processes should be carefully
considered by the designers at the conceptualdesign stage.
In SK 4/2 the different types of connections of the truss are
illustrated. It should be emphasised again that a low raw material
weight is not necessarily the lowest cost option.
A check list of actions and design considerations for designers is
included here to show how to achieve a design which satisfies the
good buildability guidelines. The check list is split into four parts,
each one coveringthe considerationsrelevantto the overall activity
during that stage. Designers will benefit from this check list because
at each design stage it will enable them to take into account the
problems which could be encountered later in the manufacturing,
transportation and erectionstages.
design.
Structural hollow sections are 6080% more expensive and they
should be used with care.
High strength friction grip (HSFG) bolts should be used only
where it is absolutelynecessary from the design point of view.
Do not mixweldingand bolting in the samepiece to be fabricated.
Consider weldability of materials before specifying welding.
Use rolled steel beams in place of fabricated latticed girders
wherever possible.
Avoid using multi-planar trusses.
Design of Structures 143
(2) Detaileddesign stage
Do not specify small quantities of high grade steel.
Increasemember size to avoid stiffening at connections.
Select section sizes for membersof a truss such that local stiffening
at intersections is avoided.
Avoid haunched beam-endconnections.
Avoid tensionand compression stiffening in columns use heavier
sections instead.
Avoid using 'canning' or 'saddles' in CHS truss fabrication use
thicker walled sections instead.
Avoid using RSJ, UB and UC as truss internals because flange
stripping may be necessary at the intersections.
Use bolted internals in a truss in preference to welded internals.
Do not specify intermittentfillet welds where there is a possibility
of moisture ingress.
Remember, a continuous smaller size fillet weld is cheaper than an
intermittentfillet weld.
Do not over-specify weld size.
Drawings must show the design philosophyof the connections.
Do not use different grades of bolt of the same diameter.
Standardise the bolts to be used stick to M20 Grade 8.8 for
shear connection and M24 Grade 8.8 for moment connections
wherever possible.
Use fillet welds of up to 12mm leg length in preference to butt
welds of equivalent strength.
Use site bolting in preference to site welding.
There are three basic types of design. They are described below.
Step 1 Carry out elastic analysis with factored loads and find the design
bending momentsat the beamcolumnjunctions.
Step 3 Design a simple moment connection with either end plates or flange
angle cleats, whichever is functionally acceptable. Check that no
column stiffening is required.
Step 6 Carry out unit load analyses of the frame assuming progressive
formation of hinges. Several analyses of the frame will be required,
depending on the degree of redundancy. The last hinge should make
the structureinto a mechanism. An exampleof the unit load analyses
is shown in the plastic frame analyses in Chapter 3.
Step 7 Firstly load the complete undamaged structure till the first set of
hinges is formed. This first set of hinges must never form at or below
the service load. No part of the structure should go beyond yield at
service load.
Step 8 After the first set ofhinges has formed,use the results of the analysis
with unit loading ofthe frame in Step 6 with these hinges and apply
further loading till the next set of hinges forms. Carry on using the
next revised frame with more hinges from the previous one till such
time as you have reached the ultimate loading or the structure has
become a mechanism.
Step 9 Check that at ultimate loading the structure is not a mechanism.
Find the reserve strength or robustness by applying further load
beyond the ultimate load till failure occurs.
Note: The unit load frame analysis with a progressively increasing number
of hinges is a very useful tool because the rest of the analysescan be
done simply by hand.
4.6.3 Patternedloading
With significant live load on the span a patterned loading sequence
could produce higher design bending moments. The distribution of
live loads on spans to produce the maximum effect may be carried
out following the simple guidelines in Table 4.2.
148 Structural Steelwork
Table 4.2 Guidelines for patternedloading on beams.
cr1
where
index
) = elastic criticalload factor. To determine .kr, the sway
has to be found for each storey height. By elastic analysis
ofthe rigidframeagainsthorizontalloads find defiections at every
storey level. The horizontal load should be taken as 0.5% of all
factored vertical loads at the level under consideration. The sway
index is given by:
h
Design of Structures 149
Table4.3 Bracing systems.
Ties
-711J
Rafter bracing
T\%vI\/i
ROOF TRUSS
PLAN AT EAVES
150 Structural Steelwork
Table4.3 (contd)
CfRF-LIA'ZS OF TRUSSES
II rL
I ; -
I ----
TRANSvEPSIf
VERTICAL
RAC1M
W1D1NAL VERTICAL BACI)
/i\
Vertical bracingelevations of Z- and X-bracing
/-\ x
/ 7-
N:
BRACJ1,V
><
I- BRACIM
V
v
K - BRACThV
Design of Structures 151
N
Von Misescriteria shouldbe satisfied due to presence of high shear loads
N2 V2 c
(_) +(-_) 1.0; N = Af; V = 0.55dtf
TENSIONWIRE I
7;
Single-storey single bay or multi- Rafter bracing; wind girdersat gableend; longitudinal
storey multi-bay portal frames vertical bracing; anti-sagsystems; tension/compression
flange restraints; torsional restraintsat plastichinge
Open-web latticed girdersand roof Ties; rafter bracing; wind girders at gableend;
trusses pin-jointed to column longitudinal windgirders; longitudinal vertical bracing;
transverse vertical bracing; lateral bracingofrooftruss;
anti-sagsystems
Multistorey building frames Longitudinalvertical bracing; transverse vertical
bracing; plan bracing at each floor level
Multistorey building frames with Plan bracingat each floor level connecting to shear
shear walls wall; vertical bracing also required if shear wall is not
central to structure footprint
Condition 2: A1,
>
(i) when 4.6 < A < 10
Notification Authorities and noticc period Weight (tonnes) Width Length Comments
and/or (m) (m)
permission to Police Road and Dept of Gross Effective
move bridge Transport vehicle payload
weight (max.)
jc.
Table 4.5 Vehicles operating within Motor Vehicles (Authorisation of Special Types) General Order 1979.
Notification Authorities and notice period Weight (tonnes) Width Length Comments
and/or (m) (m)
permission to Police Road and Dept of Gross Effective
move bridge Transport vehicle payload
weight (max.)
Unrestricted <38 Approx. 26 <2.9 <18.3 0/a If the load projects more than 1.83 m front
running or 3.05 m rear an attendant is required
Notice to 2 days <38 Approx. 26 >2.9 >18.3 o/a If the loads projects more than 1.83 m front
authorities clear <3.5 <27.4 or 3.05 m rear an attendant is required
required >3.05 front or
rear projection
Notice to 2 days <38 Approx. 26 >3.5 An attendant is required
authorities clear <4.3 <27.4
required
Notice to 2 days <38 Approx. 26 >4.3 Attendant is required. Speed limit of
authorities clear <5.0 <27.4 20mph (excluding motorways)
required
Notice to 2 days 6 weeks <38 Approx. 26 >5.0 <27.4 Attendant is required. Speed limit of
authorities clear mm. <6.1 20mph (excluding motorways)
required
Notice to 2 days 2 days >38 Approx. 65 <6.1 <27.4 Speed limits of:
authorities clear clear <80 40 mph motorways
required 35 mph dual carriageways
30 mph other roads
Notice to 2 days 5 days >80 >65 <6.1 <27.4 Speed limits of:
authorities clear <150 <120 approx. 30 mph motorways
required 25 mph dual carriageways
20 mph other roads
Notice to 2 days 5 days 6 weeks >150 126 approx. >6.1 >27.4 The maximum weight of 150 tonnes, width
authorities clear mm. of 6.1 m and length of 27.4m can be
required exceeded if authorised by Special Order
issued by the Secretary of State
Chapter 5
Design of Struts
Local capacitycheck
The design basisfor the local capacitycheck is exactly the same as in
a member subjected to combined axial tension and bending. To
understand this philosophy see Section 6.3.
L/2
L/2
(
where P,== flexural bucklingfailure axial load
lateral torsional
Mb failure moment
buckling
= elastic critical load to effective length L)
P = elastic critical load corresponding
corresponding to effective length L,1
Note: The additionalmomentis dictatedby the Euler critical bucklingload
about the major axis.
If we extend the argument to both axes at the same time we will get
the following expression which is the basis of the code formulation:
1.0
(i _T-)Mb (i _1-)M
where =plasticmoment capacityof the sectionabout the minor
axis.
Conservatively the code also allows the following unity check for a
++<
member subjected to axial compressionand biaxial bending.
F
Agpc
mMmM
Mb PyZy
1.0
Design of Struts 159
where Ag= gross sectional area
Pc= compressive strength of the column as a strut
= design strength
= elastic section modulus formomentsabout the minoraxis
m= uniform moment factor
The theoretical derivation of the interaction formula is based on
uniformmomentsM,,and M acting on the whole memberabout the
major and minor axes respectively. The factor m is introduced to
account for the variationof moment along the length of the member.
This factor is called the uniform moment factor andcan be obtained
from Table 18 of BS5950: Part 1.
Application Type of strut Positive Cost Cost Cost Ease of Ease of Ease of Ease of
aesthetic economy of economy of economy of availability corrosion handling transport
impact materials fabrication connections protection in shop
a at t t ttt t a tat
Industrial buildings Compound UC
tat tat a a at tat a tat
Heavy columns Stiffened box
at tat a at tat tat a ttt
Fabricatedsection
77;
-4
r y
L= l.50L
LEy=0.85L1
I
Y Y
I ______________
164 Structural Steelwork
Table 5.2 (contd)
Crossbracing,connected at LE=O.7L
intersection
Lacingsystems generally:
columns and struts
Single intersection lacing LE=1 .OL
Lj L
Designof Struts 165
Yk,= k +
( k, I
kb,z
+kk,i
k,a
ks,,
(
)
k 2
U
Ekbz= k
Zk,= ka +
+
1czz
Beam stjffness
Stiffness of a beam connected rigidly to a column may be taken as:
(1) Equal to the beam stiffness I/I if a concretefloor is supported by
the beam.
(2) Equal to 0.51/1 if the frame is braced and there is no concrete
floor.
(3) Equal to 1.51/1 if the frame is free to sway and there is no con-
crete floor.
(4) Equal to zero if the beam is carrying90% or more of its reduced
plastic moment capacity (reduction due to combined moment
and axial load).
I= momentofinertia of section ofbeam and 1= span ofbeam.
Column stiffness
The column stiffness may be taken as equal to I/i, where 1 =storey
height and I =moment of inertia of section of column.
Relative stiffness
The relative stiffness k3 of the effective bracing in anystorey may be
determined as follows:
=2., 0.6h/b
{1 + (h/b)2}2
tE
b= width of each panel
t= thickness ofeach panel
E= modulusofelasticity ofthe material ofpanels
Effective length from 5K 5/3
(1) When k3 = 00 usejointrestraint coefficientsk1 andk2 to find LE/L
from SK 5/3a.
(2) When k3 =0 use jointrestraint coefficientsk1 andk2 to find LE/L
from SK 5/3b.
=
(3) When k3 1 use jointrestraint coefficientsk1 andk2 to find LE/L
from SK 5/3c.
=
(4) When k3 2 use jointrestraint coefficientsk1 andk2 to find LE/L
from SK 5/3d.
(5) Use interpolation to find LE/L for intermediate values of k3
between 0, 1 and 2.
- N - \_N ;- N'0
\ - N
0.9
NN
-
03
N \
03
06 s- \-' \- t
NN N N \-cc \-cc \
Qe
_\ N
O
0.5
NNNN- N
N
\s
04
0.3
-
\\ N
0.2
0.1
Fixed L.7
OC 0.1 0.2 03
Oh 0.5 0.6 0.7 03 0.9 1.0
Fixed
i
SK5/3a Effective lengthratio LEIL for a columnin a rigid-jointed frame
braced against sidesway for k3 = 00.
Finned 1.0
kit
:
N
c
: \ :t -.
0.7
0.6
N
0.5
0.4
03
0.2
ec
0.1
Fixed on'
oi 0.1 0.2 03 0.4 0.5 0.6 07 03 09 tO
Fixed 2 Pinned
k,i 0.9
0.e
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
Fixid 3.0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0. 0.5 0.6 0.7 01 0.9 1.0
Fi'ed
Prnn,d
k,
F;i.d 00
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0. 0.S 0.6
Find
Prm.d
:
Table 5.3 (contd)
TWO FASTENERS
Double angle back
L
1/ 1 to back separated
++ t r = Y
+
=
H
I'
Parallel angle At least two A = 1.0L/rx
battened bolts in line = 0.7L/r + 30
connected to
one leg or =
equivalent weld [(0.85 Tyy
= l.4A
(the greatest of)
J7-O
Table 5.3 (contd)
I
Parallel angle One bolt connected = l.OL/r
I battened to one leg of one = 0.7L/rx + 30
angle
FI51 I I Y =
U r = l.4A
[I (the greatest of)
1 1 S * See note on
I page 173
Pit
Table 5.3 (contd)
MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS IN LINE Double angle One leg of both A = 0.85L/r
OR EQUJVAI,EI1f WELD
I back to back angles connected by = 0.7L/r + 30
x separated minimum two bolts
h in line or equivalent =
weld [(10 r1 j
= l.4A
(the greatest of)
See page 169 for the
definition of A
(9c
Table 5.3 (contd)
I
Single T-section Connected to a A = 1 .0L/r
gusset or another = 0.7L,/r, + 30
member by one row = 1 .0Lfi/r))
I- of minimum two (the greatest of)
bolts
Note: If angles are connected by one bolt only to one leg of the angle, the capacity PLC found in Step 11 should be multiplied by 0.8.
174 Structural Steelwork
Step 6
Determine the slenderness ratio A
The slenderness ratio A is defined as the effective length with respect
to an axis of buckling divided by the radius of gyration of the
column section about the same axis.
LEX LEY
A= and A=
r, r
L and LEY are the effective lengthsabout the two orthogonalaxes.
Therules for finding A for single angles, doubleangles, single channels
and singleT-sections are given in Table5.3. Thesevalues ofslenderness
ratio may be used if the eccentricity ofend connections is ignored.
Find
1 \ py
where p,,= design strength of steel
E=modulus of elasticity of steel= 205kN/mm2
Table 5.4 Design strengthp,, as per BS 5950: Part 1.
Type of section
LUH Buckling about:
XXaxis YYaxis
Structuralhollow section 2 2
Rolled I-section 2 3.5
Rolled I-section with welded cover plate 2 3.5
0.25< U/B<0.8
Rolled I- or H-section with welded cover plate 3.5 2
U/B0.8 up to 40mm thickness
Rolled I- or H-section with welded cover plate 5.5 3.5
U/B 0.8 over 40mm thickness
Rolled I- or H-section with welded cover plate 3.5 5.5
U/B<0.25 up to 40mm thickness
Rolled I- or H-section with welded cover plate 3.5 8.0
U/B <0.25 over 40mm thickness
Rolled H-section up to 40mm thickness with or 3.5 5.5
without cover plate 0.25< U/B < 0.8
Rolled H-section over 40mm thickness with or 5.5 8.0
without cover plate 0.25 < U/B < 0.8
Welded box section up to 40mm thickness 3.5 3.5
Welded box section over 40mm thickness 5.5 5.5
Round, square orflat bar up to40mm thickness 3.5 3.5
Round, squareor flat bar over 40mm thickness 5.5 5.5
Rolled angle, channel,T-section, battened or 5.5 5.5
laced compoundsections
PE ir2E
176 Structural Steelwork
Find the compressive strengthPc, which is given by:
PEP)' where
p, + (i + l)pE
2
PC_+(2_pEpy)lI2
For sections fabricatedfrom plates by welding, the designstrengthPy
shouldbe reduced by 20N/mm2. For slender elements ofa section, Pc
should be found by using a reduced value of p,, as found in Step 9.
Alternatively, use Tables 25, 26 and27 ofBS5950: Part I to find the
compressive strengthPc. Use a reduced value ofpy as appropriate.
Step 11 Determine compressiveresistance
For plastic, compactandsemi-compact sections the compressive resist-
P
ance is given by:
Pc = Agpc where Ag= gross cross-sectional area
For slendersection, each element of the section may have a different
Pc depending on the classification of the element and its reduced p.
The compressive resistance will be the sum of the compressive resist-
ance of each of the component elements.
Step 12 Unity check ofcolumns with nominal moments
Columns with nominal moments in simple construction may be
checked using the unity equation of Clause 4.7.7 of BS5950: Part 1.
Find L, which is the distance between points on a strut or a
column where the column is restrained about both axes.
or strut
and
= p(S Spi)
2.5F 1.5
P1x
Pvx
and p,= vy
1.5
F and
P and areappliedshears abouttheXXand YYaxes respectively.
P, are section shear capacities about the XX and YV axes.
are the plastic moduli of the shear area only about XX
S,, and
and YV axes respectively.
For all values ofF,,<P,,
M for semi-compact and plastic sectionsis given by:
= and M=
For slendersectionsusereduced value ofp, as found in Step 9.
++<
Local capacity check
F M M 1
Agpy Mcx Mcy
ALT = nuvA
Design of Struts 179
where n = 1.0 conservatively
u= buckling parameter from published steel section tables
or= 0.9 conservatively for rolled sections
or= 1.0 conservatively for any other section
v= slendernessfactor from Table 14 of BS 5950: Part 1
To find v determine A/x and N
where x= torsional index from steel section tables
or= D/T conservatively along with u determined
conservatively
D= overall depth of section
T= thickness of flange
'cf
N
'cf + 'tf
'cf= second momentofinertiaofthe compressionflangeabout
the minor axis
= second moment of inertia of the tensionflange about the
minor axis
N=0.5 for sections with equal flanges.
Having found ALT follow the method in Step 12 to determine Mb
about the major axis. The buckling resistancemoment for a single
angle should be taken as:
Mb = 0.8pZ for L/r 100
= 0.7pZ for L/r> 100 180
= 0.6pZ for L/r> 180 < 300
For uniform sections with equal flanges
Find /3, which is the ratio of the smaller end moment to the larger
end moment on a span equal to the unrestrained length.
M1
U U
[fluffFf111ITI1JII1JII1IMflTII1TI1TIITffl
END? END2 END? 11ij]
END 2
BETA FOSITIVE BETA NECATIVE
Alternatively
+ 1; Max =
(F
+Pcx
or = Mb whichever is smaller
(i
A
anu AK
(F
AK _____________
1''ay JrJcy / 0.SF
(1+
\. Pcy
Note: Box sections of uniform wall thickness need not be checked for
lateral torsional bucklingif the slenderness ratio A does not exceed
the values given in Table 5.6.
Design of Struts 181
Table5.6 Limiting values of slenderness ratio for rectangularbox
sections.
DIB 1 2 3 4
= ()+ V
where F=ultimate maximum axial compression in the member
= transverse shear in the member at any section acting
with F
The lacingbar should be checked for an axial tensionor compression
equal to NL, which is given by:
Vi
NL sin J
where J= number of lacing bars cut by a plane perpendicular to
the axis of the member
4'= angle of inclination of the lacing bars to the axis of the
member
PLC capacity of lacing bar in compression = Agpc
=
Ag= the grosscross-sectionalarea of the lacing bar
182 StructuralSteelwork
The compressive strengthPc may be obtained from Table 27(c) of
BS5950:Part I corresponding to the slenderness ratio of the lacing
bar and its design strengthpb,.
Note: If the lacingsystem is connected to the mainmemberby onefastener
only, then the capacityPLC should be multiplied by 0.8.
The capacityof the lacing bar in tensionPLT = AePy, where Ae is the
effective area of the section, which equals the gross area less
deduction for holes, ifany. Check that PLC and FLT are both greater
than NL.
The load in the tie panels at the end of lacing is NLsin
panel should be designed as a batten, as in Step 15.
. The tie
Ab )
perpendicular to the plane of the battens Ab is given by:
= /(A + l.4)
where Xm = LE/r, LE =effective length of the compound col-
umn about an axis perpendicular to the plane of the battens,
and r = radius of gyration of the compound column about the
same axis.
(6) The thickness ofthe plate used as batten should not be less than
1/50 of the minimumdistance betweenwelds or fastenerson the
battenconnecting themainmembers, i.e. thefreelengthofbatten.
(7) The slenderness ratio of the batten should not be less than 180
where the length ofthe batten is taken as the minimumdistance
between welds or fasteners on the batten connecting the main
members, i.e. the free length of batten.
(8) Width of the end battens should not be less than the distance
between the centroids of the main members of the compound
column.
(9) Width of the intermediate battens should not be less than half
the distance betweenthe centroids of the main members of the
compound column.
(10) Width of any batten should not be less than twice the width of
the narrower connected element of the main members of the
compound column.
Design of Struts 183
Select a type and section of end batten and intermediate batten.
Decide on a spacing of the intermediatebattens. Satisfy maximum
slenderness ratio of the main members.
Check thickness, slenderness and width limitations of the battens.
Find transverse shear force V across a plane perpendicularto the
axis of the compound column, which is given by:
V= 0.025F+ V
where F= ultimate maximum axial compressive force in the com-
pound column
V =transverse shear in the compound column at a batten
position acting with F
The batten should be checked for axial load tension or compression
equal to V/2 for two parallel planes of battens.
PBC= capacity of the batten in compression = Agpc
= 0.7L./r + 15 = 127
= 1.OLaa/raa = 1550/15 = 103
= 0.7L/raa+ 30 = 102
A = 160, which is the greatest
5.5.2 Example 5.lb: Same member as in Example 5.la but use CHS Grade 50
E= (')=
\' I
py
0.88
b 101.9
=
T 2x8.4 =6.1<8.5c=7.48
d 128.5
= 21.1 > 19e = 16.72
The flanges of the T-section are classified as plastic but the stem is
classified as slender.
Design of Struts 187
Step 9 Determine strengthreduction factorsfor slenderelements
Compression reduction factor
As per Table 8 of BS5950:Part1 the strength reduction factor for
the stem of a T-section is given by:
14 14
0738
(d/tc) 5 (21.1/0.88) 5
which gives y =0.738 x 355 = 262 N/mm2.
Web moment andaxial load combined reduction factor
The factor e has to be increased such that the section classification
becomes at least semi-compact. After finding this increased r, the
design strength p, corresponding to this increased & has to found.
In all strength calculations for this element using design strengthPy
this revised value will be used.
21.1
Ereyised X 0.88 = 1.11
1672
which gives
p, = = 223.2N/mm2
Usep,= 223.2 N/mm2 for all computationsinvolving compression in
the stem of the T-section.
15
Ao=0.2()=0.2x (ir2x2O5x 103)
The Robertson constant a is found from Table 5.5 to be 5.5 for both
axes of buckling.
p, + (, + l)p 355 + 1.4345 x 229
2 2
= 341.8N/mm2
PEP)'
Design strengthPc =
= 229x355 2
=153N/mm
341.8 + [341.82 (229 x 355)J!
188 Structural Steelwork
For stem of T-section class/ied as slender using p, =223.2N/mm2
Calculating in the same manner as for the flanges we get:
= 19; a = 5.5; ij = 0.4125; p = 229N/mm2; 4, = 273.2N/mm2;
Pc 119.7N/mm2
5.5.4 Example 5.2b: Design the same rafter as in Example 5.2a usinga rectangular
hollow section
350 x 275 =
Limitingvalue of A 271, which is not exceeded.
Py
Consider the pitched portal frame in Example 3.7. Design the frame
using the elastic analysisresults factored to ultimate limit state.
516.7
197.2
516.7
A
481.4
30000
.romI7
30000
I
SK 5/7 Sketch of portal frame with stiffness for limited frame method.
192 Structural Steelwork
Assume the stiffness of foundation is equal to the column stiffness.
kc
k+ kbase
=0.5
I
coIumn Aci71
U in4
= =61027mm3
Lcoiumn 7500
61027
k 063
2_61027+35171_
k3=0 for unrestricted side sway. Using SK 5/3b or Figure 24 of
BS5950: Part 1, it is found:
=1.55 .. LE=1.55x7500=11625rnm
r
LE1162561
191
, y
r
LEY 3188
43.3
/
p, = 355N/mm2 for web< 16mm and p,, = 345N/mm2 for
Assume
flanges> 16mm.
Py,revised
= = 325N/mm2
(0.92)2
M1 = +481.4kNm; M2 = 516.7kNm
M1 481.4 0932
M2 516.7
or in=0.43
F
+ mM = 154.6 + 0.43 x 516.7 0.47 < 1 (Satisfied)
A Mb 2781
Ii 32800
T= 500
65.6 at first floor;
'G = 38700 = 77.4 at ground floor
LG 500
Design of Struts 197
The ratio of stiffness is not more than 1.5, therefore the moment due
to beam eccentricities at first floor level may be equally divided
between the columns immediately above and below that level. These
momentswill have no effect on columns at any other level.
Ultimate main beam reaction at the first floor level = (1.4 x 200)+
(1.6 x 150)=520kN.
Ultimatesecondary beamreactionat the first floor level =(1.4 x 100)
+(1.6 x 75)=260kN.
The bending moments at the beamcolumnjoint at the first floor
level are given by:
M= 137.1/2=68.6kNm
M=26/2=l3kNm
A0 = 0.21fir2E\ = 15.3
\py I
Robertson constant a == 3.5 for buckling about XXaxis
5.5 for about axis
YY
buckling
Perry factor =0.001a (AA)=0.0536
q=0.0O1a (A), A)=0.2123
Euler strength PEx = = 2160.8N/mm2
PEy = = 696.4N/mm2
py + (i)y+ l)PEy =
594.6N/mm2
Pcx =
& (
PExPy
PExPy)
= 324.5N/mm2
Pcy =
+ (
PEyPy
PEYPY)
= 258.0N/mm2
= 0.5x 5000 =
ALT 31.7
o.s()=
=
ALO
0.4()= 30.6
MPIrE
ME = 5396kNm
ALTpY
1)ME
=3l8IkNm
______ A
11000
UPPER ROOF
B
1000
______ c
00
_______ 5000
5000
5000
/9000
5000
5000
000
2500
B
Location Dead Imposed Wind load Wind load Crane load Crane load
load load vertical horizontal vertical horizontal
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
B (Crane) 60 1840 72
AC (Cladding) 20 90
CD (Cladding) 30 150
Design of Struts 201
Assume that the upper roof stanchion is made from UB 914 x419 x
388 kg/rn. To get adequate end clearance for the crane, the minimum
centre-to-centre distance between the lower roof stanchion and the
crane stanchion is 2000mm.
The compoundcolumnwill be checked against only one load com-
bination to show the procedure. There are several possible load
combinations, with the basic loads as given in Table 4.1. Most of
these conditions have to be properly investigated.
-i
cV OF COMPOUNDSTAJJHION
Yc
150 150
Y
CRANE LW LOWER ROOF LW
Compound column
Moment of inertia about XX axis = (3132 x 106) + (2740 x 106) =
5872 x 106mm4
Momentofinertiaabout YYaxis=(113.48 x 106) + (33750 x 9482) +
(90.99 x 106)+ 31 000 x 10522)= 64843 x 106mm4
Radius ofgyration r = [7
Crane leg
r,=304.6mm; r=58.0mm
Lower roof leg
r,=297.3nun; r=54.2mm
Compound column
r=301.1mm; r=1000mm
Crane leg:
Axis XX: LE=0.85L=16150mm
Axis Y-Y: 1.0L=250Omm
Compound column:
Axis XX: LE=0.85L=16150mm
Axis YY: LE= 1.5L= 1.5 x 19000=28500mm
204 Structural Steelwork
Step 6 Determine slendernessratio
Lower roof leg:
Axis XX: A, = 16 150/297.3 = 54.3
Axis YY: A = 2500/54.2 = 46.1
Crane leg:
Axis XX:
Axis YY: )
= 16 150/304.6 = 53.0
= 2500/58 = 43.1
Compound column:
Axis XX: A, = 16 150/301.1 = 53.6
Axis YY: = 28 500/1000 = 28.5
A
Step 7 Check maximum slenderness ratio
Roofleg: Ac,max = 46.1 <50 (Satisfied)
Crane leg: Ac,m =43.1 <50 (Satisfied)
Compound stanchion )ma,, = 53.6< 1.4 X = 1.4 X 46.1 = 64.5
Assume slenderness ratio of the compound stanchionis equal to 64.5.
Crane leg
b=137.Smm; T=2Smm; 1=25mm; d=750mm
Flanges: b/T= 5.5<7.5E =6.9 (Element is class 1 plastic)
Web: d/t = 30 > 28r =25.76 (Element is slender)
Slenderness reduction of design strengthpy:
Erevised = 0.92 X = 1.0714
25.76
Py,revised
= = 240N/mm2
1.07142
Py,flange
= 3LJ [N/mm2
Py,web
= 240N/mm2
Roof leg
b=137.Smm; T=2Omm; 1=25mm; d=760mm
Flanges: b/T= 6.875<7.5c=6.9 (Element is class 1 plastic)
Web: d/z= 30.4 > 28c =25.8 (Element is slender)
Design of Struts 205
Slenderness reduction of design strengthpy:
30.4
6revised = 0.92 X = 1.0857
25.76
275
Py,revised = = 233 N/nun2
1.08752
Py,flange = 325N/mm2
Py,web = 233N/mm2
Step 10 Determine compressivestrengthPc
A Py Pc A Py Pc A Pc A Pc
Py Py
Crane leg 53.0 325 269 43.1 325 267 53.0 240 205 43.1 240 209
Roofleg 54.3 325 267 46.1 325 264 54.3 233 198 46.1 233 196
Comb. leg 53.6 325 267 64.5 325 219 53.6 233 198 64.5 233 168
Use Table 27(b) for XX axis and Table 27(c) for YY axis from
BS5950: Part 1.
ALO =
O.4\/1iE
= 0.4 x
/x 205 X 10
= 34.6
ALO > ALT
Pc=p,, =345N/mm2and 271.2N/mm2 for the flanges and the
web respectively
2000
4:
CRANELEG LOWER ROOF LEG
PLASTIC
NEUTRAL
AXIS
a = 15.8mm
SK 5/11 Stress diagram at plastic state as a compoundcolumn.
Design of Struts 207
The crane leg in compression can providea resistance in bendingof
the compound column given by:
(Area of flanges x 345) + (Area of web x 271.2)
=(15000x 345)+(18750
x 271.2)=
10260kN
Theroof leg in tension can provide a resistancein bending of the
compound column given by:
Area of roof 1egx345=31000x345=10695kN
This means that the plastic neutral axis must lie in the roof leg
because 10695kN is higher than 10260 kN. Assume that the neutral
axis is amm from the tip of the flange of the roof leg in tension, as
shown in SK5/11.
C1 =Area of flanges of crane legx 345 =5175 kN
C2=Areaof web of crane leg x 271.2 x 5085kN
C3=2x20xax345x 103=13.8xakN
T=Total area of roof leg(2 x 20 x a) x 345 x i0
= 10695(13.8 xa)kN
C1+C2+C3=T
or 10260+(13.8 xa)=10695(13.8 xa)
or a=15.8mm
Theplasticmoment ofresistanceofthecompoundcolumnis obtained
by takingmomentsof these internalforces about the centre-lineofthe
crane leg:
Mp=[2x20x(300_15.8)x345x(20O0+i)]
+ [760 x 25 x 345 x 2000]
[2 x 15.8 x 345 x2Ox(2000 150+7.9)]
=20580x lO6Nmm
71LT
= 2 x 0.007 X ALO = 0.4844 < 2 x 0.007x (\LT ALO)
= ye = 0
Mb=Mp
Unity check:
F + M = 2714 + 9683.5 = 0.69 < 1 (Satisfied)
12255 20580
rthm = 3400 = 19 mm
2.5
Transverse shear = x F+ V
x
413.4
Load on the diagonal lacing bar =
1
= 305.4kN
2 sinq
Assuming pc = 100N/mm2for the lacing bar, Amimmum =3054mm2
Select a channel section 203 x 89 x 29.78kg/rn
Area = 3790mm2; = 26.4mm.
r 26.4
128.8
63 = 0.003529 x 11 = 0.0388m
6 = 6 + 62 + 63 = 0.109m> H/300 = 30/300
= 0.lOm (May be allowed)
Page blank
in original
Chapter 6
Design of Ties
211
212 Structural Steelwork
is in tension,but, depending on the level ofaxial tensioncompared to
its axial capacity, this effect may be severe if appliedtension loads are
small. The steel design code does not require checking of the effect of
lateral torsional bucklingwhen a member is under axial tension, but
designers should use their own judgement when dealing with slender
members with low axial tension and high bending moments. The
residual compressive stress in the compression flange afterallowingfor
axial tension may give rise to elastic instability owing to buckling.
++<
andp,,Z,. respectively. Therefore:
Aepy
where
F M M
J%fcy
1
+
the whole length of the member. The unity equation of the member
with momentsonly is given by:
mtv1 mA4'
Mb PyZy
1
Step 5 Find net area ofan element ofa tension member with fasteners
1)IRLt7ION OF
STRESS
Sp Sp Sp
1. Sp
-
SK 6/1 Determinationof net area from staggered holes in elements.
Net area A is gross area of the element Ag less the deduction for
bolt holes.
(1) For holes in a row perpendicular to the line of action of the
tensile force on the element the net area A is given by:
A = Ag IXd
where t= thickness ofelement
d= diameter of hole in a row perpendicularto the direc-
tion of tensile force
(2) For staggered holes on the element, as shown in SK 6/1, the net
area A is the smaller of A1 or A2 given by:
Ai Ag
t Xd
where all holes are considered in one row perpendicularto the
line of action of the tensile load, and:
52t
An2Ag_>txd+Ag
Design of Ties 215
where all holes are considered in a line inclined to the direction
of load. (The correction is applied to allow for the increased
strength due to stagger.)
Here S,= spacing of holes along the direction of load
g= the distance measured between the holes at right
angles to the direction of the tensile load. For an
anglewith holes on both legs, the gaugelengthg may
be taken as the sum of the back marks less the leg
thickness.
J]
AMLE CONN1t7ED BY
BACKMARK
/ 3A0 \
Single angle Connected by one leg A0 + Ago A0 = net area of connected leg
\ fle + go 1 =
Ago gross area of unconnected leg
Double angle back-to-back Connected to one side of a A0 + Ago A0 = net area of connected legs
interconnected* gusset or a section (5A + Ago) Ago = gross area of unconnectedlegs
Single angle Connected by both legs Use net area A0 of both legs See Step 5
Single channel Connected by both flanges Use net area A0 of both flanges See Step 5
plus area of web
Single T-section Connected by stem or both Use sum of net area A0 of all See Step 5
flanges and stem elements
Double angle ties back-to-back Connected to both sides of a Use sum of net area A0 of all See Step 5
interconnected* central gusset elements
* Interconnection of angles is required at regular intervals of length L through solid packing or in contact such that the slenderness ratio
=L/r 80 for each angle component.
2J
Design of Ties 217
eccentricity, correction factors are introduced.The net area ofthe ele-
ments after deduction of holes is used to find the effective area for
simple members. Do not apply the factor ICe to these elements.
Note: Double angles back to back should be separated by a distance not
exceeding the aggregate thickness of the legs. Solid packing pieces
should be used when they are designed as interconnected.
++<
The condition is:
F M M
Ap
where
AIJ
1
P1x
2.5F,,, 2.5F 1.5
1.5; p',= D
D
Ivx Ivy
where F,== appliedshear about the XXaxis
applied shear about the YYaxis
= section shear capacity about the XXaxis
= section shear capacity about the YYaxis
S,== plastic modulus of shear area only about XXaxis
S plastic modulus of shear area only about YY axis
For all values of F<P: semi-compact and slender sections
Theplastic section momentcapacityM for semi-compact andslender
sections is given by:
=pZ; =
For slenderelements in compression, use a reduced value of
Clause 3.6 and Table 8 of BS5950: Part 1.
p as per
Note: The plastic moment capacity of section M for plastic and compact
sections is reduced in the presence of high shear only in the ortho-
gonal direction in which the shear exceeds the limit of 0.6P.
NL =
vi
sinq5 J
where J=number of lacing bars cut by a plane perpendicularto
the axis of the member
= angle of inclinationof the lacing bars to the axis of the
member
The capacity of lacing bar in compression PLC is given by:
PLcAgPc
where Ag =gross cross-sectional area of lacing bar
Pc =compressive strength, which may be obtained from
Table 27(c) of BS5950: Part 1 corresponding to the
slenderness ratio of the lacing bar and its design
strengthp,
220 Structural Steelwork
Note: If the lacingsystem is connected to the main member by one fastener
only, then the capacity PLC should be multiplied by 0.8.
The capacity of lacing bar in tension PLT is given by:
PLT Aepy
where Ac effective area of the section
= gross area less deduction for holes, if any
The batten should be checked for axial load tension or compression
equal to V/2 for two parallel planes of battens.
The capacity of batten in compression PBC is given by:
FBC=AgPc
where Ag =gross cross-sectional area
Pc =the compressive strength to be obtained from Table
27(c) of BS5950: Part 1 corresponding to the slender-
ness ratio and design strengthp), of batten
The capacity of batten in tension PBT is given by:
=
PBT Aepy
where Ae = effective area of batten after deduction of holes, if any
Check that PBC and PBT are both greater than V/2.
6.5.1 Example 6.1: Design the main tie of the roof truss in Example 3.1
Step 5 Determine net area ofan element ofa section with fasteners
Assume one bolt hole of diameter 22mm for an M20 Grade 4.6 bolt
of capacity39.2 kN in the 6mm thick leg of the angle. This capacity
is enough for all internal membersconnecting to the tie.
Net area=An=Agtxd
Ag = gross area of element
= area of the longer leg of the angle tie
= (length of the long leg thickness of leg) x thickness
= (75 3) x 6= 432n2
Given t =thickness of leg=6 mm and d= diameterof hole= 22mm:
A=432(6x22)=30Qmm2
Ae =
Anc+Ago(3A3A)
Here, Ago = area of outstanding leg= (50 3) x 6=282mm2.
= 300+ 282 x
( x300)282)
514.7mm2
222 Structural Steelwork
Step 8 Determine tension capacity
Design strength p, =275N/mm2. Therefore:
= Aepy = 514.7 x 275 x iO = 141.5kN < 117.2kN(Satisfied)
Steps 9, 10, 11 and12 are not requiredbecause there is no bending in
the member.
6.5.2 Example 6.2: Design the tie of a 75m span latticed girder for the roof of
an aircraft hangar
The spacingof the nodes in the girder is 5m and the girder is 4.5m
deep. A runway beam is connected to the tie half-way between the
nodes. The capacity of the hoist is 2 tonnes.
LACI1 OR BAITENE.D
=6.54<8.5e=7.48
d 79c
21.4
<0.4+0.6
section classification is plastic.
=2x x 6041.5cm4
[302+45.5 (_2.42)2]=
= ,/(I/A) = /(6041.545.5)= 11.52cm
= 9,89cm from steel section table
L
= =5000mm
)tmax=5009.89 50.6
Take u=0.9.
= M/MO = 2, approximately; fi= 1.0
from Table 15 of BS5950: Part 1 n =0.81
XLT = nuvA = 0.81 x 0.9 x 0.47 x 50.6 = 17
pb=355N1mm2for XLT= 17 from Table
11 of BS5950: Part 1
Mb=MCX=Spb=2x414x355x 103=294kNm>46.4kNm
(Satisfied)
where M = mM = M because m = 1.
227
228 Structural Steelwork
the slenderness of the elements in the cross-section. The section is
normally made of plate elements. The thickness of the plate in the
elements determines if the failure will occur at or before the full
plastic moment of resistance is reached. The full plastic moment of
resistance is reached when the stress at every part of the section
reaches the design strength p,. The fundamentalissues here are the
overhangsofflanges from the web andthe depth to thickness ratio of
the web.
There are factors which influence the local buckling of the
elements in a cross-section, namely the manufacturingprocess (i.e.
rolled or welded), the depth ofneutral axis, the material strength and
the presence of high shear load at the section.
The classification of sections in BS5950: Part 1 addresses most of
the issues mentioned above. The sections are classified as plastic,
compact,semi-compact and slender. The basisoftheir classification is
by the slenderness of their constituent elements. The slenderness is
measured as the ratio of the longest dimension over the shortest
dimension. A factor relating to the material strength is also intro-
duced. It is proportional to the inverse of the square root of the
design strength, which means that the Grade 43 materials have a
factor of unity. The higher the design strength, the higher the
probability that the whole section will not become fully plastic and
this is reflected in the limitationon the slenderness ratio. Because of
the presence of residual stresses and, also, possible geometric
irregularities, welded built-up sections suffer from a further reduction
in the limiting ratios for compactness.
Mpir2E
ME= 2
'LTPY
or
VPy YME
= hrmtrngequivalentslendernessratio =
O.4/
Py
1 100012
Case1:a/d1 q= +(Id)2 (//t)j
0.75 100012
Case 2: aId> 1 q= 1.0 +
(a/d)2 (d/t)
1.5qcr
1 + (a/d)2
If there is residual capacity in the flanges, i.e. they are not fully
stressed at the point of interest, then the shear resistanceof the web
may be further enhanced to:
where Kf = Mf (i f
4M \ Pyf
q = flange dependentshear strength
=
(4isin/)o6P
O=tan
a
Mf = plastic moment capacityof the smaller flange about
its centroidalaxis parallel to the flange
= plastic moment capacity of web about its centroidal
axis to the web
= meanperpendicular
f longitudinal stress in the smaller flange
due to applied loads
43 l6 275
40 265
63 255
<100 245
50 16 355
40 345
63 344)
<100 325
55 l6 450
25 430
<40 415
<63 400
D=j
M
Af =
Dp
D
Design of Beams 233
where L =span of beam
Af = area of flange
M=maximum ultimate bending moment
L-SPAN
B
_______ -ArM
1,
-l Af=BT
==
bbl
__ dEED d[
L
JT _
ROLLED BEAuS ROLLED RHS b=B-3 Ala.LES
k COLUMNS CHANNELS d'1)-3t
FABRICATED SWTIONS
BUILT-UP SECTIONS
bL
CHS
R=-'
Ap
where N= direct axial load (+ve, compression and ye, tension)
A = area of section
Design of Beams 235
(1) When R is positive
d<
1
1206
+ 1.5R and
R
< t__3
/41
L- - --
-f-I
Y
1 4
x x
t t
. .
Y
________________
'Is 'Lw
SHADED AREA Ap
bz4
SK 7/3 Determinationofsectional properties.
=Ix/db
= elastic modulus about the major axis to the top fibre
(see SK 7/3)
=J/d
Z, = elastic modulus about the minor axis
= 2I/B (for sections symmetrical about the YY axis)
B= width of the larger flange or width of section
= i/c; (for unsymmetrical sections see SK 7/3)
* Use for minimum Z and maximumstress
Cy,max
N 'cf
'cf + 'tf
'cf = second moment of inertia of compression flange about the
minor axis
= second momentofinertia oftensionflange aboutthe minoraxis
H ht1t2bb
12(t1b + z2b)
u =buckling parameter
x =torsional index
Design of Beams 237
Forflanged sections symmetrical about the minor axis:
(4S'y
U
Ah)
x = O.566h
7=(1_t)
For flangedsections symmetrical about the major axis:
U (IySr'\
\A2H)
x=
1.132(__)
JyJ
S2
',
I)' 2.6I
Thickness of web t or
()
Fyi'= design strength of compression flange
(whichever is the greater)
II v II i Jd
SK 7/4 Spacing of stiffeners in a stiffened girder.
238 Structural Steelwork
d(pf
Whena>d, t>d or
Note: (1) When end panels are designed using tension-field action the
bearing stiffeners and the end posts must be designed to resist
additional moments and shears. See Step 18 for stiffener design.
(2) The shear bucklingresistance of gantry girders will be calculated
without using tension-field action (Clause 4.11.4 of BS5950:
Part1).
where wu
k=--
W= momentdue to factored ultimate load
W= momentdue to unfactored service load
S= plastic sectionmodulus about the relevant axis
Z= elastic section modulus about the relevant axis
For semi-compact (3) sections
M =p,Z
For slender (4) sections
M = RpZ or (whichever is the lower)
The reduction factor R may be obtained from Table 8 of BS5950:
Part 1.
Z == elastic section modulus of tension flange
Z, elastic section modulus of compression flange
Step 10 Section moment capacity with high shear and d/t 63e
Check 0.6P<zF<zP
s,
Si 2
1 I
U Z Z
Normal Destabilising
where 1' =0.8(2N 1) for N> 0.5 and 1'= 1.0(2N 1) for N< 0.5
IMmt abZising
30
FREE END
CASE I CASE 2
abths%n9
2.7 7.5
]
Top FLANGE AT END
LATERALLYRESTRAINED
onnai 1eetabthsing
CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5
2.4
END TORSIONALLY
RESTRAINED
L = Unrqstmned length
l
lM1.mat etabi1ing
Case I == == =
2.1 3.6
II L,
I
b Unrut,utn,d + Unrestvauwd Unresfrisined1
END LATERALLY Length Length
length
AND TORSIONALLY
RESTRAINED
;it
Case 2 T = =% = = = iT
Wormal
,stabiZtstng
I,,nai siabthsing
11
0.5 0.5 0.7 I 1.2
L
HOCCIMJILIMEItIS +VE
(EL_____ UUllllliuIllM!
L/2 L2
UNRESTRAINED LEAVTH L UNRESTRAINED LRMTH L
71. =-VE
7=X=-VE
Mo
MflUflYJTflfffflMm Jio
L/2 L/2
7 =1.' = +VE
N0
=
ALO
0.4()
The Perry coefficient 71LT is as follows:
For rolled section 1/LT = O.OO7(ALT
A) > 0
For welded section 1JLT = 2 x 0.007 x ALO
<2 x O.O07(ALT ALO) 0
0.007(Ai ALO) 0
o(d a)d
SK 7/11 Load configurations on stiffened girder for web check
between stiffeners.
or
fed=[+WJ [(F+W)]l
(whichever is the greater)
When the compression flange is restrained against rotation relative
to web:
2
pj= 2.75+
(aid)2
1_E
j (d/t)
When the compression flange is not restrained against rotation
relative to web:
Ped 1 + 21E
(Id)2](d/t)2
Check Ped fei
Use closer spacing of sijifeners if this condition is not satisfied.
1 / 201
201
L4
I I
TYPICAL Th1EPJ1EDIATE TYPICAL ThTIPJIIDIATE STIFFENER SECIION fI CORE SIt7ION 0!
STIFFENER 1)7111)7 1)711 LOAI), BEARThV STIFFENER INTERMEDIATE WEB
APPLIED LOAD AN)) TORSIONAL STIFFENER STIFFENER
TOP PLAN OF
INTERMEDIATE
STIFFENER WITH
WAD
F
________
I
FE
\\COMPRSlON
Mys=py
(b
,
+
Calculate from first principles and I for other types ofstiffeners.
Note: (Fq F) to be taken equal to zero if F is greater than Fq.
Check bearing of intermediate transverse web stiffener
Assuming that 80% of the load on the flangeis transferredby direct
bearing on the contact surface of the stiffeners and the flange, the
following condition should be satisfied:
A
0.8F
Pys
where A = area of stiffener in contact with the flange = 2bt5
F
= external load
Pys =design strength of the stiffener
=width of stiffener in contact with flange
Step 17 Bearing stiffener without tension-field action
RL is the end reaction of the beam at the bearing. If RL exceeds the
local capacityofweb, as calculated in Step 14, then a bearing stiffener
is needed.
Maximumoutstand of stiffener= 19t5/(275/p)
Maximumvalue of outstand to be considered in the design
=13t5\/(275/py)
Assuming 80% of the end reaction is transferredto the contact sur-
face, check A > 0.8RL/py.
A = area of stiffener in contact with flange = 2bt5
M5 = applied moment due to transverse eccentricity of RL
F= lateral load at the bearing
I = second moment of area of stiffeners only about the centre-line
of the web
E= elastic modulus of steel
Design of Beams 253
L1
e CliffRE OF CRAVIYY 01
EIFIX7IVE SECTION
b,_______ _________________
T --
_____
COPE
b, b'
20t
SECTION
SK 7/14 Bearingstiffeners.
=equivalentarea of stiffeners with or without including 20 times
the thickness of web
=equivalentmomentofinertiawith or withoutincluding20 times
the thickness of web
Pcx=compressive strength of strut corresponding to X,
r= (I
Calculate from first principles for other types of stiffeners.
kL
r
where )= slendernessratio
stiffener
of the effective section of bearing
L5 = length of bearing stiffener
At the point of application of the load, if the flange is restrained
against rotation in the plane of the stiffener by other structural
elements, k =0.7.
At the point of applicationof the load, ifthe flangeis free to rotate,
k= 1.0.
Correspondingto ) find from Table 27(c) of BS5950: Part 1.
Check P = RL when the web
effective section of the bearing stiffener.
is not included in the
Check PLW + Ap ? R.
See Step 14 for PLW.
P ==buckling
local
resistanceof a load carrying stiffener
of web at or under concentratedload
PLW capacity bearing
Note: Reduce f
by 20 N/mm2 the stffener is welded to a welded section.
t- 1.5q.
qf =
{4V'sin() ()i]o.6p
O=tan
The factor Kf depends on the mean longitudinal stress fin the smaller
flange due to the applied moment and axial load.
Kf= Mpf((1-
f
4M \ Pyf
Mf= plastic moment capacity of the smaller flange about its own
equal area axis parallel to the flange
= O.25bT2pf
b= width of the smaller flange
T=thickness of the smaller flange
Pyf= design strength of flange
= plastic moment capacity of the web about its own equal area
axis perpendicular to the web=O.25d2tp
d= depth of web
t =thickness of web
=design strength of web
f =mean longitudinal stress in the smaller flange due to moment
and axial load on the beam at the point of interest
Note: The mean longitudinal stress fin the smaller flange may be taken as
the highest stress state in the length of a panel bounded by two
stiffeners at a spacing equal to a.
Hq
oa5dtPY[l .__]2
fv-dt
Design of Beams 257
If
(qt,
j <qb
q).
then the value of Hq may be multiplied by (J
case 1: aId i qc = +
[0.75 (a/d)2]
2
1 0.75 111000
Case2:a/d>1 q= LlO+(/d)2j [(dl)
qa== elastic critical shear stress
of
spacing transverse stiffeners
d= depth of web
t= thickness ofweb
= shear bucklingresistance of web= qrdt
Vcr
cr=critical shear strength, which depends on the web slenderness
factor
=web slenderness factor =
=design strength of web
The relationshipbetween .X and the critical shear strength '/cr for
design purposes is given by:
(1) If A 0.8, q
= O.6p andno web bucklingis expected where
the maximum shear stress is kept below 0.6p.
(2) If 0.8 < A < 1.25, qcr = O.6Pyw[l 0.8(A 0.8)1.
(3) If )tw 1.25, '/cr = q.
Using aid, d/t andpy:
Find qq
from Table 21 of BS5950: Part!.
Find from Table 22 of BS5950: Part 1.
Find q from Table,23 of BS 5950: Part 1.
The longitudinal anchor force Hq is resistedby the end panel of the
girder or the end stiffener as a vertical beam spanning between the
two flanges of the beam. The longitudinalhorizontalshear forceand
the bending moment in this vertical beam are given by:
Rtf=
Mf=!
Note: To calculate and Mtf, use a value of a/d for the panel nearest to
the bearing which has been designed using tension-field action.
There are three possible ways that girders may be designed using
tension-field action.
258 Structural Steelwork
Case 1
Intermediatepanels (B and C) are designed by using tension-field
F
action; the end panel (A) is not. The shear force in the end panel
is limited to the shear buckling resistance Vcr of the panel, which
depends on the spacing of stiffeners in the end panel. The end panel
is designed as a vertical beam between the two flanges resisting the
shear Rff and bending moment Mr.
NNNV1 I I
Tension field
web buckling
aftei
a Panel A
dT"
L ('=-)'II R1__L
2
-Bearing stiffener +Hqd
fRi lOa
Panel A not designed by tension-field
(c) CASE 1: Panel
B.C etc. designed by tension-field action
Panel A
/(Mtf 2Hqd
, k
[jjo.
Bearing stiffener
ostf
End
___[j\joS
L e Bearing stiffener
PLAN OF GIRDER PLAN OF GIRDER
WITh END POST
SK 7/15 (contd)
Select the stiffener spacing (a) for the endpanel such that a/d for the
end panel closest to the support gives lcr (from Table 21 of BS 5950:
Part 1) greater than or equal to the shear stress f.
Note: Rtf and Mtf are obtained for the panel which is designed using
tension-field action. To calculate Rtf and Mff use the values ofa/d for
that panel.
The flanges of the vertical beam spanning between the flanges of the
girder are the two vertical stiffeners bounding panel A. The bending
moment Mtf is resistedby these two stiffeners acting as flanges at a
lever arm equal to a, the spacing of the stiffeners. Therefore, the
additional vertical forces in the stiffeners= Mtr/a.
Follow Step 17 completely but instead of RL use (RL+ Mti/a).
Check that end panelA has adequate capacityfor horizontalshear Rtf.
To check the shear capacity of the vertical beam the following
procedureshould be used.
Determine a/I ratio of the vertical beam where the depth of the
vertical beam is the a of the stiffener in end panel A.
If this ratio is greaterspacing
than 63e, the web is classed as slenderand
Tables 21(a) to (d) of BS5950: Part 1 can then be used to find qcr
Determine Vr = qat and check that Vcr Rtf. Note that the depth
of this beam is the spacinga of the stiffeners in end panel A.
If the web of the vertical beam is not slender then check
0.6pta Rtf, where a is the spacing of the stiffeners in the end
panel A.
260 Structural Steelwork
Case 2
Intermediatepanels (B and C) and the end panel (A) are designed
using tension-field action and a single bearing stiffener.
The single end bearing stiffener in this case has to resist the tension-
field force of end panel A. This stiffener, spanning vertically between
the flanges, has to resist the vertical end reaction RL of the girder
as axial compression, a bending moment equal to Mtf about the
vertical axis and a horizontal shear force equal to Rtf.
Design as a column in simple construction as per Clause 4.7.7 of
BS5950: Part!.
Determine applied moment M on the effective section of bearing
stiffener = RLe (where e is the eccentricity of reaction RL from the
centre of gravity of effective section along the longitudinal axis of
the beam whenthe effective section ofthe bearing stiffener includes
20 times the thickness of the web).
Determine plastic modulus S, of the effective section about the
equal area axis perpendicularto the web.
Determine effective slenderness ALT = 0.5(L/r) (where is the L
length of the bearing stiffener and r is the radius of gyration
about the minor axis of the effective section of the stiffener).
Determine the bending strength Pb from Table 12 of BS5950:
Part 1 using ALT and the design strengthPy
Determine Mb =SXPb.
+ M+Mr 1.0.
Check the unity ratio: RL
P, Mb
Determine F,, accordingto method described in Step 17.
Conservatively the effective section of the bearing stiffener may not
includethe contributionfrom 20 times the thickness ofweb along the
longitudinal axis of the beam. In that case the term M vanishes from
the unity equation.
Check that the bearing stiffener has adequate shear capacity against
horizontal shear RLf: 0.6p(2bI)
Note: The width andthe thickness ofthe bearingstiffener shouldnot exceed
those of the smaller and thinner flange of the beam. In practice, a
single bearing stiffener designed using tension-field action becomes
very thick and uneconomical.
Case 3
Intermediatepanels (B and C) and the end panel (A) are designed
using tension-field action and also using a pair of end stiffeners
spaced e apart.
In this case a bearing stiffener is placed in line with the centre-line of
the bearing and the web is allowed to project beyond the centre-line
of the bearing by a distance e, where the end postis located.The end
post and the bearing stiffener jointly form the vertical beam which
carries the anchorageforce Hq from tension-field action. This system
Design of Beams 261
of space beyond the centre-line of the bear-
requires the availability
ing for the web to project, and in most practical applications it
becomes difficult to accommodate.
The vertical beam has to resist the horizontal shear Rtf and the
moment Mtf resulting from tension-field action. The bearing reaction
RL is resisted by the bearing stiffener. The length of web equal to e
projecting over the bearing resists the horizontal shear Rtf. To check
the shear capacity of the vertical beam the following procedure
should be used.
Determine the e/t ratio of the vertical beam where the depth of
the vertical beam is the spacing e of the bearing stiffener and the
end post.
If this ratio is greater than 63e, the web is classed as slender
and Tables 21(a) to (d) of BS5950: Part 1 can then be used to
find qcr.
Determine Vcr = q1et and checkthat Vcr Rtf. Note that the depth
of this beam is the spacing e of the end posts.
Ifthe web of the vertical beam is not slenderthen check O.6pte
Rff, where e is the spacingofbearingstiffenerand the end post (see
SK 7/15), p
ness of the web.
is the design strength of the web and t is the thick-
The moment Mtf is resisted by the vertical beam, with flanges as the
bearing stiffener and the end post spaced at a lever arm equal to e.
0.75dt3 +
2FD3
for a> Jd
> 1.5d3t3 + 2FD3 fora<vd
a2 Et
For e> 201:
= 4Qg2 + 2bt5
Iscj t5(2b5+t)3+t3(4ot_)
('Sc
kL5
Design of Beams 263
At the point of applicationof load, if the flange is restrained against
rotation in the plane of the stiffener by other structural elements,
k=0.7.
At the point of application of load, if the flange is free to rotate,
k= 1.0.
Corresponding to ), find Pcx from Table 27(c) of BS5950: Part 1.
Check P= R
Check PLW + Ap R.
See Step 14 for PLW.
H
I,
H bTflJf
L PLAN
sLrr'oN
where I= [(2b +
t3] (for stiffener shown in SK 7/16)
A=
r (from Step 12)
=0.006 for A <50
a = for 50< A < 100
Step 21 Biaxialbending
Local capacity check
M M
f 1.0
Cantilever Lu 80 vertical
Beams carryingplaster L/360 vertical
All other beams L/200 vertical
Gantry girders L/600 vertical
(for static wheel loads)
Gantry girders L/500 horizontal
(due to crane surge)
ARt
where W, is the wheel load and t is the thickness of web.
Note: If there are joints in the rail, then load from the wheel cannot
disperse at 45 either side of the joint.
Check also web bucklingunder wheel.
)
See Step 13. Use = 3.5(d/t).
FL4AVE
CIRDER
AREA =
Aft
ltb
AREA =A
SK 7/18 Connectionof flange to web of plate girder.
Note: For built-upgantry girders it may be assumed that the wheel loads of
the crane are transferred from the top flange to the web by the weld
between the top flange and the web.
VV
111111111111 IllIltIll 11111 liii 11111111111111111(1111
WELDED COJJNJX7IOJJ
Vt
ELIVATIOII OF GIRDER
CRANE BPJXE
END CARRIAGE
CAV7RY GIRDER
1
L
SK 7/20 Geometriclayout of gantry girder.
268 Structural Steelwork
Class of utilisation U1 to U9 (Table 1 of BS2573: Part 1).
State of loading Qi to Q (Table 2 of BS2573: Part 1).
Nominal load spectrumfactor K (Table 2 of BS 2573: Part 1).
Maximum number of operating cycles (Table 1 of BS2573: Part 1).
Impact factor I (Table 4 of BS2573: Part 1).
The maximum unfactored static wheel load W, is given by:
2 W (Lah)
IT ,
'-'c
CLV=vertical unfactored load on the gantry girder per wheel of
crane= JW
CLHS=horizontal surge acting transversely at the level ofthe rail on
the girder=O.l(Wb + W)/N
CLHC = crabbing action of the travel of the crane, acting horizon-
tally in the transverse direction as two equal and opposite forces at
L
the level of the rail = W/4Oa> W/20
CLH = longitudinal traction per wheel = 0.05
DL= Wg =self-weight of gantry girder+ walkway etc.
IL = imposed load on the walkway
Refer to Chapter 4for load combinations LCJ5 to LC4O.
Note: Crabbing action need not be considered for gantry girders carrying
loading classes Qi and Q2.
Note: By inspection most of these load combinations may be ignored.
aw
II
aw
p I
-t/
A
,fffff q
4
-
7\477 I
I
1/
I. -l
1/2 - 1/2 CRABBLW ACTION HORIZONTAL LOADS
A
I
_
"f/f
1 (1
L 1/2 -- 1/2 -
WAD CONFIGURATION FOR MAXI.WM
SUPHLRT REACTION
(3)
(B B)/2
-j
I I
IL 1500 1500
41
_______ Iii:.
-
3000 3000
68.6 kN 68.6 kW
t
i500 - 3000 1500
1
I III I IV1
30.44 kN/m
I
159.92 kN 159.92 kN
159.92
e
I
p=275N/rnrn2 for UB457 x 152 x 52kg/rn
1
6.99< 8.56 and = 53.6< 79c(see Table 7 of BS5950: Part 1)
k w 239.88
1 48
W 161.7
272 Structural Steelwork
2 for W, and W.
See Step
=p,S=x275 x x1090 x i03 x 10-6 = 299.75kNm
kpZ= 1.48 275 949 x i03 x 106=386.24kNm
M =239.88 < M,= 299.75<kpZ= 386.24 (Satisfied)
Steps 10 Not required.
and 11
(lB 457z152z52
4.
4 4.
' '.4
'4
SK 7/26 Detailof beam at the bearing.
Design of Beams 273
Step 14 Web bearing ofunstjffened web
From SK 7/26, n2 is derived as follows:
= 2.5 x (10.9 + 10.2) = 52.75
PLW = (b1 + n2)ip = (100+ 52.75) x 7.6 x 275 x i0
= 319.2kN > F
Web strengthin bearing is satisfactory.
= 15
5 wL FL3
_)
3a
15x63x109
Ia\3
205 x 21 300 x 10
( 45x63x109 3x1.5(1.5'\3
+620521300104X 4x6 6)
= 7.34mm< L/200= 6000/200 = 30mm
Deflection limit is satisfied.
Centre-to-centreof columns= 12 m.
Secondary beams are at 3 m centres.
Main beam is assumed as simply supported on the column and
laterally restrained at the column.
The compression flange of the main beam is laterally restrained at
the secondary beams.
Main beams are at 6m centres.
Overall depth of concrete floor slab =200mm 0.2 x 25=5kN/m2.
Imposed load on floor =5 kN/m2 during use after completion.
Constructionlive load=5 kN/m2.
2800 2800
#600
q COLUMN
3000 SECONDARY
BEAM
3000
3000
COLUMN
6000 6000 6000
125mm PRZVAST
PERMANEIT
slltrrrEPJJ,v
(1.4x1.4kN/mxi)+[1.5x(1.4x90+1.6x90)]
= 416.4kN
Ultimate bendingmoment at B and D =
/ 282'
(416.4 x 2.8) x 1.4 x 1158.2kNm
(1.4
(1.4 x 90)+(1.6 x 90) = 270kN
Ultimate bendingmoment at C=
1572.2kNm
(416.4x-)_(27Ox3)_ (1.4x 1.4x.i-)=
Serviceability limit state end reaction of beam at A and E=
(11.6 -)+(18o x
Serviceability limit state bendingmoment at C=
x (180 x 3)
(278.12 11.6) (1.4 x1162)
411
SIIEAR
135 FOACE kN
416.4
BEND
MOMERTS kNm
A .8 C
r
= 3000 = 55 for sections BC and CD
= LE
54.6
155
x 35.5
N=0.5 for symmetrical sections
v=0.97 (from Table 14 of BS5950: Part 1)
u=0.871 (as found in Step 5)
M1 1158.2
074
M 1572.2
(which gives m=0.82 from Table 18 of B55950: Part 1)
n= 1.0 (from Table 13 of BS5950: Part 1)
ALT=nuv)=l.OxO.87l xO.97x 55=46.5
= 345N/mm2 for flange
Pb = 300N/mm2 (corresponding to )'LT = 46.5 and p, = 345N/mm2
from Table 11 of BS5950: Part 1)
Mb=SXPb=5000x 103x300x 106=15kNm
278 Structural Steelwork
Equivalentmoment= M= mM = 0.82 x 1572.2 = 1289.2kNm <Mb
The section chosen is satisfactory.
By inspection, the other sections ofthe beamneed not be checked for
lateral torsional buckling.
Step 13 Web buckling ofunstiffened web
This checkis not requiredbecause the connection of the beam to the
colunm is made by the use of web fin plates (see SK 7/28).
Li __
______ Idmax
L 11600
At the serviceability limit state, with a load factor equal to 1.0, the
concentrated end reactions of the secondary beams on the main
beam equal 90.0kN from each secondary beam.
90 x l1.6 x
48 x 205 x 150000 x 10
)
(a\3
+/ 90 x 11.6 x i09
X1
3 x 2800 / 2800 \3
6x205x 150000x l0 [4x 11600 11600)
= 22.2mm< 1/360 = 32.2mm
Deflection of the beam due to imposedload is within limits.
7.4.3 Example 7.3: Main beam with full end fixity to concrete wall
- r I
4.
SK 7/32 Elevationof main beam with full end fixity to concrete walls.
= 1378.5 kNm
280 StructuralSteelwork
Fixed-endmoment at E= ME, given by:
fwL2 Pibiaf + P2b2a + = 1162.5kNm
ME=1\---+ L2 L2 L2 j
The reaction at A = RA, given by:
1378.5 1162.5 330 x 9 468 138 x 3 3.5 x 12
RA= + 12 +
12 12 2
= 555kN
Similarly, reaction at E = RE = 423 kN
Bending moment at B = MB, given by:
3 5 x 32
MB=(555x3)1378.5 2
=+27lkNm
Similarly Mc= +898.5kNm and MD= +91 kNm
Note: Sagging momentsare positive and hogging moments are negative.
0
IIIIIN
B E
'q.
0
A
'I.
B
to
C
B
SHIAR FORCE DIACRAM
UB 610x305x149
=
r,= 16.5
= swn or .1Si'.1ON 1:2.5
19.7
__ /=5=
/45. ________
7 = 127.75 .11/2=463.3
I 11-. nut _]
463.3 463.3 .11/2 463.3
UB 914x3O5289
The plate girder will be used in a sports stadium where the columns
are spaced at 24m centres. The secondary beams carrying the seats
for the spectators are assumed to be resting on the top flange of the
plate girders. The secondary beams are at 6m centres. The girder is
SECONDARY
BEAM
PLATEGIRDER
r -1
SLtTJOIJ
SECONDARY REAMS
PART PLAN OF STRUC7URE
= (1576.8 x 6) / x
62
(8.4
= 9309.6kNm
Ultimate bendingmoment at C
/ 122
=(1576.8x 12)(984x6)
(8.4x_-.
= 12412.8 kNm
Service bending moment at C=8352kNm
286 Structural Steelwork
\7
A
B4
o
4
BEN1W?i. MOME)Q7
4
k)in
z
SHEAR
=4/=O.89
=p
= 355N/mm2
and
/
c=f=0.88
VI'Y'
d 1920
160> l20e = 105.6
Flanges are classified as plastic but the web is classed as slender.
Design of Beams 287
500
_U40
2000 1AJ
L. J740
SK 7/38 Sectionof the plate girder selected. 500
= 12 x x 500 x
19203)+(2 403)
=
(.jx 1920 x 123)+(2x x 40 x 8.34 x 108mm4
5003)=
/4.55 x 1010
ii;:
=850mm
rx=V=V 63040
/i /8.34x 108
=115mm
ry=V=V 63040
4.55 x 1010
=4.55xIOmm
1000
250
=
(i)025= 0.898
x= 58.76
1.132(-!)=
Step 6 Not required.
t = 12mm>
and
d
x (pyf\
,j.)=7.68mm
and x
(f) (Satisfied)
= Fdt = 15768 iO =
68.4 N/mm2
1920 x 12
p = N/mm2, select
160, 355 0.95
CWJJMN COIJJMR
24000
LIII H H H I }
1500 1500 1500 1500 EQ EQ 1500 soo 1500 150'
24000
I I 112000
1800 4200
m EQ EQ
4200 '180(1'
SK 7/40 Stiffenerarrangement
by secondmethodof checkingshear
buckling.
24000
H H I R11J2000
- - -
3000 3000 EQ EQ 3000 3000
SK 7/41 Stiffener arrangementby third methodof checking
shear buckling.
Step 11 Section moment capacitywith slender web where d/t > 63e
Plastic modulus of flanges only
=Sf=Afhf=500x40x1960=3.92x iO7mm3
The flanges are classified as plastic (see Step 4).
= 1.0; 0 =
fl 0, and
9309 6
m = 0.57 (from Table 18 of BS5950: Part 1)
LE 8000
A==--1-1--=70
iiJ (see Step 5)
ry
A 70
= = 1.2 (see Step 5)
x 58 76
N=0.5 (Step 5)
v = 0.98 (from Table 14 of BS5950: Part 1)
u = 0.898 (from Step 5)
ALT = nuvA = 1 x 0.898 x 0.98 x 70 = 62 .. = 204N/mm2
(from Table 12 of BS 5950: Part 1)
S, = 5.026 x io mm3 (from Step 5)
Mb = Spi., = 5.026 x i07 x 204 x 106 = 10253kNm
M = mM= 0.57 x 9309.6 = 5306 kNm <Mb (Satisfied)
For sections BC and CD
= 9309.6
= 0.75 (see Step 3)
12412.8
m = 0.875 (from Table 18 ofBS5950: Part 1)
LE 6000 52
A 52A
'x 089
r 115 58.76
N =
0.5 (which gives v = 0.99 from Table 14 of BS 5950: Part 1)
=
u 0.898 (from Step 5)
ALT = nuvA = 1 x 0.898 x 0.99 x 52 = 46
Pb = 266 N/mm2 (from Table 12 of BS5950: Part 1)
Mb = Spb = 5.026 x i07 x 266 x 10-6 = 13369kNm
M = mM= 0.875 x 12412.8 = 10861.2 kNm < M (Satisfied)
The plate girder has adequate bucklingresistance.
292 Structural Steelwork
Step 13 Check web buckling ofunstjffened web
Not required: see Step 17.
IP+W 11 w 8.4N/mm
=O.7N/mm2
fedL d +Wj== 12
/
Step 16 Intermediate transverse web stiffeners
The maximum allowable outstand of stiffener is given by:
19z '=19x12x
V
2000 !
L J
500
SECTION PLAN OF TOP FLAME
b= 13t4/= 137mm
V PY
2bt=2x(140 12)x12=3072mm2
where = 140 12 128mm
b
Required minimum area of contact for web bearing:
0.8F = 0.8 x 984000 =2217mm2 <3072mm2
py 355
/2
Nt
f2
_____________________ _____________________ 500
__
L 240 - - 240]
PLAN OF GIRDER
SK 7/43 Equivalent section ofstiffener against buckling.
294 Structural Steelwork
Take b 137mminstead of the actual 140mmfor the capacitycal-
culations because of outstand limitations.
A = 40t2 + 2bt = (44) x 122)+(2 x 137 x 12) = 9048mm2
I =- t(2b+t)+ t3(2Ot_.)=23.39
x 106mm4
p=35520=335N/mm2
+-1 (FqFxOandMs=0)
= = 0.35 < 1 (Satisfied)
Design of Beams 295
Design of intermediate stiffener without load
Select 10 x 75 flats to be used as stiffeners.
The maximum allowable outstand is given by:
1
l9t4I=
PY
l6lmm>75mm
V
I
The maximum outstand to be considered for strength is given by:
13t4I= ll4mm>75mm
V PY
4= - [(2b +
= 3.54 x 106 mm4
= [((2 x 75) + 12) l21
= 22.3mm
150
#2
150
1500
FLAW OF GIRDER
SK 7/44 Bearing stiffener arrangementofthe plate girder.
a<
-/=
I = [(2b + )3 t3] = 37.96 x 106mm4
2715mm
1.5d3t3= 1.5 x l920 x 12 =
8.154 x 106 mm4 <I (Satisfied)
a2 15002
= 2bz
= 4500 mm2 (ignoring the contribution of 20 times the
thicknessof web)
I = t(2b5 +
= 38 x 106 mm4 (ignoring the contributionof 20 times the
thicknessof web)
r= tJ=91.90mm
kL 0.7 x 2000 1
91.9
k is taken as 0.7 because the bottom flange is assumed to be restrained
against rotation in the plane of the stiffeners by using holding-down
bolts through cappingplate.
p=35520=335N/mm2
p=335 N/mm2 (from Table 27(c) of BS5950: Part 1, corresponding
to )=15)
P=Ap=4500x335xl03=1507.5kN<1576.8=RL
(May be allowed)
Design of Beams 297
The buckling resistance P, is slightly less than the applied reaction
because, conservatively, the contributionofthe web has been ignored.
Check direct bearing
The stiff bearing length is obtained by 450 dispersion from the edge
of the column web to the flange of the plate girder through a 40mm
thick capping plate (see SK 7/36).
Assumewidth of stiff bearing=b1 =40mm
=2.5T= 2.5x 40 = 100mm (T is thickness of bottom flange)
Web bearing resistance =PLW= (b1 +n2)tp,= 596.4kN
The total bearing resistance including the bearing stiffener is given by:
PLW+APY = 596.4 +4140 x 355 x iO
= 2066.1kN> RL (Satisfied)
A = area of stiffener in contact with the bottom flange.
150
12
150
1800
0! CIF..PSR
PLAN
= 681.4 = 378.6kN
a 1.8
A = 2b5t5 = 6000mm2
(ignoring contribution of 20 times the thickness of web)
172mm> 150
13tsJ
=
i/il= 91.85mm
W=
t2
+ Fbt = 122 + 1955.4 x 150 x 20 = 0.70kN/mm
4d 5 x 150 6000 x 1920
w = brp
150 x 20 x 355
= 0.53 kN/mm
or
L = 2000
Two runs of 6mm fillet weld are required.
=22mm<=120mm
Step 23 Check for local stresses
Not required.
Step 24 Connection offlange to web
Af=40 x 500=20000mm2
I=4.55x 1010mm4
h=hb=980mm
QXt=QXb=Afht=20000x 980= 196 x 105mm3
Vm1576.8kN
Shear flow per unit length
7.4.5 Example 7.5: Design of a gantry girder for an electric overhead travelling crane
Basic data
Heavyduty overheadtravellingcrane selected for the maintenancebay
in a workshop.
Design of Beams 301
y
1000
L ;klT 2,0000
]
G..WIRY CIRDER
12000
CLHS
O.l(Wcb+ W) = 5.7SkN per wheel
302 Structural Steelwork
Thehorizontaltransverse wheel load due to crabbingCLHCisgiven by:
146.75
146.75>
4Oa20 40x4
20
= 18.35kN per wheel
OF GIRDER
7 kN/m
12000 R51
Fv,max Wv+
=267.4+
(267.4x {l2_4])84
= 487.7kN
Ultimate horizontalcrane wheel load due to surge= WHS
W1.1 l.4CLHs 1.4 X 5.758.O5kN
Horizontalend reaction at A is given by:
2x8.05
RA=2' [L a] [_]=6.7o8kN
RB = (2 x 8.05) 6.708 = 9.392kN
Maximum horizontal bending moment due to horizontal surge load
is given by:
MHS
=RA[_]=33.54kNm
Ultimate horizontalcrane wheel load due to crabbing= WHC
RA=
WHCaW = 25.69 x 4 =8.56kN
12
MHC=RA(LaW)=8.56 x(124)=68.5kNm
304 Structural Steelwork
Load case 31
The analysis is similar to load case 27.
Wv1.6CLV1.6x 191=305.6kN
RA=296.7kN
RB=398.5kN
Mv 1396kNm
Fv,max 551.3kN
Load case 33
WHC 1.6CLHc1.6X 18.35 =29.36kN
RA=9.79kN
MHC= 78.29kNm
1396x106 =
5.076 x 106 mm3
275
From steel section tables it is observed that a minimum section size
required will be 762 x 267 x 147 kg/mUB. This section has a mini-
mum radius of gyration equal to 5.39cmand torsional index equal
to 45.1. Using this radius of gyration, the slenderness ratio for the
effective length of 12m is 223. From Table 19 of BS5950: Part 1,
the bendingstrengthPb is 60N/mm2 for a A of 223 and a torsional
index of 45.
Assume bending strength equal to 100N/mm2 because the bigger
section size will have a bigger radius of gyration. With Pb equal to
100N/mm2, the plastic modulus required is 13960mm3. Select UB
914 x 419 x 343 kg/m with a plastic modulus of 15500mm3.
= 78.29 x 106
M
=284691mm
275
bt2 10 x4502 =
337500mm3 >284691mm3
Trial size: UB 914 x 419 x 343 kg/rn with a welded top plate 450 x 10
Design of Beams 305
PLASTIC NATJTRAL-
AXIS
ELASTIC NATJTRAL
AXIS
4/11=1.02
V PY
b
= 6.54 (classification plastic)
d 79e
41.2<
0 4+ 0 6c (classification plastic)
because is less than 1.
Section classification of the compound section
Two checks are necessary for the top plate for classification purposes.
Check 1
Treat the top plate between points ofattachment to the flange of the
UB as an internal element of the compression flange.
The width of top plate between points ofattachmentto the UB, b,
is 418.5mm. So:
b 418.5
= =41.85>28e
1.575< 7.SE
The projected part of the top plate is classified as plastic. Check 1
dictates that the top plate should be treated as slender.
Depth of elastic neutral axis from the top surface of the compound
girder= YNA
Sectional area of the UB = 437cm2
Sectional area of the top plate=45cm2
x 0.5)
YNA=
(91.14 1)x437+(45 = 42.27cm
(437+45)
D =total depthofthe compoundsection=91.14+ 1 =92.14cm
Depth of plastic neutral axis (equivalent equal area axis) from the
top surface of the compound section = YPL
Equivalent area of top plate = x Py,top plate =
Py,UB
s x 265 = 28cm2
The shift of the plastic neutral axis from the centre of the UB
towards the top flange of the compound girder is denoted x. The
equivalentarea of the top plate will be equally divided between the
compression and the tension zone about the plastic neutral axis.
area of top plate = 28
x= equivalent .
2 x thickness of web =7.2cm
2 x 1.94
YPL =
(91.14
2 + \ = 39.37cm
l)_7.2
Y is the distance from the plastic neutral axis to the edge of the web
connected to the compression flange.
41.2<90.3
A = 437cm2 I
Section properties of UB
I
= 625000 cm4; = 39200cm4; = 37.8 cm;
r=9.46cm; Z,= 13 700cm3; Z,= 1870cm3; 15500 cm3; S=
r
S=2890cm3; J = 1190cm4
Section properties of top plate
A=45cm2; I=45 x i3-- 12=3.75cm4; J=453 12 =7594cm4;
J=15cm4; Z=337.5cm3; S=506.2cm3
Section properties of compound section
D=92.14cm; A =437+45=482cm2; YNA=42.27cm;
YPL= 39.37cm
= [625000 + 3.75 + 437 x (46.57 42.27)2]
+[45 x (42.270.5)21= 711 597 cm4
= 39200+ 7594 =46794cm4
= = /711 597\O.5=
38.42cm
482 )
r= ()5=9.85cm
711597
Z,,=---= = 16834.6cm 3
'NA '+Z..LI
Zx,bottom =
XX
= 14269cm3
(D YNA)
2I 2x46794
=2080cm 3
The plastic modulus of the compound section, ignoring fillets, is
given by:
+ x (92.14 39.37
3.2)]
+ [41.85 x 3.2 x (92.14 39.37
1.6)]
= 16448cm3
308 Structural Steelwork
J J+ Jp = 1190+ 15 = 1205cm4
=D (approximately)
X= = 0.566 X 89.54 X = 32
0.566hs/
-y= 1 I 1
46794
= 711597
U
i)
4/(4s\ 4/4 x 165302 x 0.93 088
V 4822 x 89.542
N= 'cf =0.58
'cf+ 'if
Check M
M 1396 78.29
1 or = 0.88<1
139.2
Section moment capacity is adequate.
ELEVATION
A = 3.5 144
t
-
HEIGhT 01 RAIL
100mw.
OF UB 914x419x343
914x419x343
jr=24.1
jJT32
HOLDLW-DOWNBOLTS
== 1 12000
=24mm
= 146.75kN
Unfactored service limit static vertical wheel load =
The maximum vertical deflection is given by:
8WjL313(1
a'(L_aw"s3
6EI 2L L) )
146.75x 12000 13/ 4\ (124\
6x205x711597x 1X 12)
= 6.17 mm <20mm
Wheel load due to crane surge= 5.75 kN
The maximum horizontal deflection due to crane surge, assuming
the load is carried by the top flange of the girder only, is given by:
5.75x 12000 [3/ 4\ /l24V
6x2OSx7S94xlO4x[8tl2)2xl2)
= 22.65mm <24mm
The maximum horizontaldeflection due to crabbingload is given by:
FL3 I 3a /a'\3
(hc48Ej [1 _7+4)
18.35x 12000 I 3x2 (2\
48x205x7594xl04><[' 12+4x-)
= 22.0 mm <24mm
All deflection limits are satisfied.
314 Structural Steelwork
CLHC
(_)= 18.35 x x 5 = 30.6kNm
Similarly:
Maximum stressesdue to horizontal crabbing load
p= 40.6N/mm2
Correspondingstresses due to vertical wheel load
Pcv + 24.17N/mm2
Pct 28.52N/mm2
016
frnax 70.1
f
fmin
012
50.9
General
If the resultant shear force in a section passes through the shear
centre of the section, then there is no torsion induced. A section
symmetrical about both of the principal axes has the centroid and
the shear centre coincidental. The shear centre of a channel section
lies on the XX axis about which the section is symmetrical.
j=_a2iluI
where a =torsional
.
bendingconstant=
tEll
v -
318 Structural Steelwork
7.5.2 Stresses in closed sections
'V
GJ
where J= 4A
Uniform torsion
The total angle of twist is given by:
h
= (B at tip of flange of channel sections
=ch
-- at theback endof flange ofchannel sections
The distance of the shear centre from the centre of web is given by:
(B_f)2r
.
ferred to minor axis bending. This additional minor axis bending M)t
is proportional to the angle of twist
320 Structural Steelwork
Stresses from elastic analyses of section
M M
(ab$+uw)1105Mx1<10
I.
rvt +0.5
=(rt+rvJ(1 Mx)
Q=Ah
I IMITRAL All ______ SCION CEJVTAOThAL
x AXIS
RLt7AIFJULAR SECTION
I SECTION
Tb =
FQ
J
= Tqa Ix + Isinh(L/2a)
1 tanh(L/a)
)
cosh(L/2a)j
sinh(x/a)
= +
[o.s {sh1
cosh(L/2a)} cosh(x/a)]
=
dx2 cosh(L/2a)} sinh(x/a)]
=
cosh(L/2a)} cosh(x/a)]
Case2: Beam with distributedunform torque Tq/L per unit length
giving a total torque Tq on the beam
The beam-endconditionis torsionallyfixed andfree to warp. Theend
condition for bendingmay be either simply supported or continuous.
The angleoftwist andits derivatives may be found anywhere along
the length x of the beam by using the following formulae.
Tqa
'' GJ
)
x fa\1L2 Ix x2\ +coshIx\ tanh IL\sinh Ix\
.
i
L
U) L )+ .
s1nh(_) _tanh)cosh(_
322 Structural Steelwork
SECVNDARYBEAM
UP 305x15x46
j
CEJITRE-IJNE
OF MAIN BEAM
L 75 FROM FACE OF WEB
tWON
+
1+
=+
CONNECTIONSECONDARY BEAM
MAuI BEAM 70 MAINBEAM
COLUMW
r I,
d=246.6mm; b/T=9.9; d/t=24.9; = 22200cm4; = 7272cm4;I,
r
= 13.4cm; =7.68cm; Z,, = 1443cm3; Z,= 477cm3;
S= 1589cm3; u=0.850; x= 19.3; H= 1.55dm6; J=91.1 cm4;
A =123cm2
The section classification is semi-compact for the flanges and plastic
for the web, as per BS5950: Part 1.
Step 4 Check shear capacity
=0.6pA
A,,= shear area of section = tD = 9.9 x 307.8= 3047mm2
i0
P = 0.6 x 275 x 3047 x = 502.8kN
0.6PV = 0.6 x 502.8 = 302kN > F = 54.2kN
There is very little interaction between bending and shear stress in
the web and the section will be checked for capacitywith low shear.
Step 5 Determine the section moment capacity with low shear
Ultimate section moment capacity about the major axis for a semi-
compactsection is given as:
=p,Z = 275 x 1443 x i03 x 10-6
= 396.8kNm> 156.3 (Satisfied)
Step 6 Check lateral torsionalbuckling
Assume that lateral restraint to the compressionflange is provided at
the connection with the secondary beam. Lateral and torsional
restraint is providedat the support. At the supports assume that the
compression flange is laterally restrained and the beam is fully
restrainedagainst torsion, but the flanges are free to rotate on plan.
Effective length between restraints= 1 .OL=3000mm
324 Structural Steelwork
LE 3000 =
Slenderness ratio = = 39.1
A 39.1
r 76.8
2
x 19.3
N= 0.5 for symmetrical sections
v=0.96 (from Table 14 of BS5850: Part 1)
=ratio ofminimum moment over maximummoment in the length
of the beam betweenrestraints= 0
Equivalent uniform moment factor m=0.57 (from Table 18 of
BS5950: Part 1)
Slenderness correction factor= n = 1.0
ALT=nuvA=l xO.850x0.96x39.1=32
Bending strength Pb =274N/mm2 for ALT =32 and p,=275 N/mm2
(from Table 11 of BS5950: Part 1).
Mb=pbS=274x1589x103x106
= 435.4kNm > M (use M)
Equivalent moment M = mM = 0.57 x 156.3
= 89.1 kNm < 396.8kNm (Satisfied)
Step 7 Check combined bending and torsion
Mb Py
1+0.5
Mb
<1.0
for steel
= Tqa +
cosh(L/2a)
{ }sinh(x/a)]
8.0 x 106 x 2103
79000 x 91.1 x 10
+ 5sinh(6000/[2 x 2103])
2 x 2103 ' tanh(6000/2103)
cosh(6000/[2 x
2103])}sinh(3000/2103)]
= 0.0626 radian
Design of Beams 325
Determine stresses about the VV axis due to rotation of the beam
= Mc5= 156.3 x 0.0626 = 9.78 kNm
M 9.78 x 106 2
Tbyt==477
Determine flange stresses due to warping
= EWb"
For a synunetrical I- and H-section
hB x 304.8
W== 292.4 =22281mm2
h = centre-to-centre distance betweenthe flanges
=307.85.4 = 292.4mm
=
sinh(x/a)
2 cosh(L/2a)]
= 2.355x 108
= 205000 x 22281 x 2.355 x 108 = 108N/mm2
Check interaction formula
Section capacity
[i
+0.5 x
]=
check for maximum stress
0.74 <1.0 (Satisfied)
abx =
M = 156.3 x 106 = 108.3N/mm2
1443 <
by = My
0bx+0by+t7byt+Uw= 108.3+20.5+ 108
= 236.8N/mm2 <py = 275N/mm2
The stresses in the section are within permissible limits.
Step 8 Check combined shear stress
Check shear stress at the support where it will be critical.
Flexural shear stress
A1 =area of the flange=BT=304.8 x 15.4=4694mm2
A2 = area of web above neutral axis=
2T)t
=0.5 x [307.8(2 x 15.4)] x 9.9=1371mm2
Yi = distance of centre of flange from XXaxis= 146.2mm
Y2= distance of centre of area A2 from XX axis = 69.3mm
A3 = area of half of flange from the edge of web= 147.5 x 15.4
= 2272mm2
= first momentof area for web shear stress =AiYi +A2y2
=781273mm3
Q= first moment of area for flange shear stress= A3y1
= 332166mm3
326 Structural Steelwork
304.8
i-
__ __ __
'fl1fd __
AREA A, AREA A.,
15.4
LtI'lZZZ ,.fd'#'I,M _________
ARL4Az f3
___________ NMJTRAL AXIS ___________
307.8
II54
U I ___________
SLL7IOJJS 01 UC 305x305x97
of first moment of area to find flexural
SK 7/55 Determination
shear stress.
Tt = Gtb'
41 =
[o.
+
cosh(L/2a))
cosh
() J
= 3.0357 x 10 at x = 0
Twf = ES S
Mesh reinfinvement
Shear
connector
(b) mesh einftircemerd
pf aed deck
perpendicular
PPofiZetL deck
pareUez to
I
Formtwrk
to bears-i beam
329
330 StructuralSteelwork
(3) The compositeplastic stress state will be dependent on the loca-
tion ofthe plastic neutral axis. This may necessitate some lengthy
computationsdepending on whether the neutral axis is in the
concrete, in the flange, or in the web of the steel beam.
(4) The compression flange of the steel beam may be considered as
effectivelyrestrainedin a simply supported beamby the hardened
concrete, but adequate measures have to be considered at the
construction stage when the concrete is wet. The horizontal
liquid thrust of the concreteon the side shutters could be quite
considerable.
(5) The effective width of the concrete slab in compression acting
compositely with the steel beam requires consideration.
(6) The mechanismof shear transfer between the concrete and the
steel beam,and also withinthe concrete slab itself (longitudinally
along the beam), should be investigated.
(7) Care should be taken to limit the dli ratio of the web in such a
fashion as to get a plasticsection for the development offull plastic
moment of resistance of the composite cross-section. The classi-
fication ofthe web will depend on the location ofthe neutral axis.
(8) At the serviceability limit state the calculations of deflection will
require the considerationsofpropped or unpropped construction,
cracked or uncrackedmoment of inertia, shrinkage and creep of
the concrete, and full or partial interaction of shear studs.
(9) The method of analysis of continuous beams dictates the per-
centage of redistribution of support moment to the span. This
percentage willdepend on whether a gross uncrackedsection or a
cracked section is used in the analysis, and also whether the
compactness of the steel section would allow ductile plastic
behaviour.
LL
/\
f/f,,,
SIMPLYSUPPORTED
F-
L 12 L
0.25 (L2+ 1.5 14< 14+ 0.5 NIVATIVE
(L,+
I
10.25
CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS
L3 MOMENTS
CONTINUOUS CANTILEVER
O.8L, 0.712
- IVsITIvE IIJML'IIS
O.8L O.3L4J
0.7I.
SK 8/2 Effective breadth of compression flange.
8.1.4 Modularratio
I_J_r L.__._._J___4_
4.
I
D
Ic
jet Compresstw
fi =E[n_(D_D)]=f[1 (DD)J
f2=(n-D)
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 333
The total compressive force in the section is given by:
T=(f+f2)-Af2
EquatingtensionTandcompressionC in the section andsimplifying:
n= (D -Dp)+cer(D+Ds)
1+er
where r = A/(DS Dp)Be
+ (D D)
( (D D)
)2
= '+' +"'p2
12e
D)3
4(1+aer)
Cowpssive
thess
fs Pi'
n(A +Ar)A(D+Dr)
A(D+D1)
(A+Ar)
mn=1x+A(D+Dr_fl)2+Arfl2=Ix+41)
Table 8.1 Summary of section properties.
D9) + aer(D+ D)
Uncracked section: depth of neutral axis for n=
positive moment (1 + cier)
Crackedsection: depth ofneutral axis for n= (+
positive moment 1 + [i + Aci (D + 2D5)
n = A(D+D)
Cracked section: depth ofneutral axisfor
.
B.
alp
psi
web C?)MPPISSION
PLASTIC
TENSION
POSITIVE MOMSII!
I
T=thickness of the flange of steel beam
t = thickness of the web of steel beam
E= /
V PY
I4=A (0.8?!))
TENSION
Pt' COMPRESSION
R
Pt'
- R1
NECATIVE MOMENT
.8.
F- 0.87/I'
TENSION
PLASTIC NZ1J7RAL AIlS I 'i'
_____f9tE
1kgect
COMPRESSION
___________web
= _____19t
Location of Relationship Classification Positive plastic moment capacity with Positive plastic momentcapacity with
neutral axis of resistances of web full shear connection partial shear connection
3L38
Table 8.4 Negative plastic moment capacities of composite sections.
Location of Relationship of Classification of web Negative moment capacity with full shear
neutral axis resistances connection NN = FN/QN
" Rd
Neutral axis in web of Rr <R Compact web M = M8 + R +
steel beam d/t < 38 ( Dr)
or
d 7&
-< t 1 + (RrIRv)
1'
Neutral axis in flange Rr R; Rr <R Compactweb M = R + RrDr (R RfRr)2 4
d/t<38e
RrRw; d/t<38e
McRs(+Dr)
T
Rr)2
Neutral axis in flange Rr R0; R1 <R Web not compact =R + RrDr (R
Rf 4
d/t>38e
L33C1
340 Structural Steelwork
Taking moments about the top of the concrete flange:
M = A(D +) o.45fB =
RS[DS +_ (Ds Dr)]
Equating tensile and compressive internal forces (see SK 8/6):
Rr + Rf + Ri Rf + R2
Rr = R2 Ri (dn n)lpy =(d 2n)tp
( Rr\1 RvRr
\ tp,)2 2tp
Taking moments about the bottom of steel beam:
Mc=Rr(Dr+T)+Rf()_2Rwl+Rv+Rf(d4)
Substituting
M=Rf(d+t)+R
The simplified form of M is given by:
D R2d
M =Rr(Dr+)+Ms_
See Tables8.3 and 8.4 for positive and negative moment capacities of
composite sections at the ultimate limit state for steel beams with
equal flanges.
'
Shearstud
- Ideehs.d rssistance
_______ of stud
I Pasiiitant stud fizce
Flange of steel beam
SHEAR CONNECTION IN PLAIN SLAB
flange of__'
steel beam
SHEARCOAWECTORIJIROUCIfPROFILE DECK
mesh reinjbvvemen2
Formeuork
8.1.12 Deflections
The limit of deflection of beams for imposed loads as per BS5950:
Part 1 is generally 1/200. To determine the deflection of a simply
supported composite beam, the gross uncracked section properties
may be used. For further refinement, if the neutral axis happens to
be in the concreteflange, cracked section propertiesmay be used for
a part of the beam near the middle. For a continuousbeam, the best
way to find the deflection due to imposed load is to carry out com-
puter analysis using the incremental loading method. Firstly, put all
the dead load on the steel beam for unpropped construction.At this
stage the whole beam should be fully elastic. For the composite
section find section properties for negative moment and positive
moment. Model the beam with assumed points of contraflexure
and beam section properties corresponding to positive or negative
moment. Progressivelyload the beam,firstly with permanentimposed
loading and then, stage by stage, with further imposed loading in a
pattern loading format to cause maximum support bendingmoment.
The first plastic hinges will form at the supports when plastic capac-
ities are reached. Remodel the beam with hinges at the supports until
the span becomes simply supportedby the formation of hinges at the
two ends of the beam. Load this beam until all of the imposed
service load is used up. Add the progressive deflection at every stage
of loading from the end of the dead load application and this will
give the total deflection due to the imposed loading.
The British Standard code allows the use of an approximate
formula for finding this imposed load deflection. (Note that plastic
hinges at service load for deflection calculationsform only in cases of
high levels of redistributionof moments.)
The second stage is the calculation of stresses in the steel beam and
the concrete flange due to shrinkage of the concrete. The concrete
flange will try to shrink but the steel beam will resist this shrinkage.
This willcreate a compressive load at the level ofthe flange ofthe steel
beams. The compressive load on the top flange creates a bending of
the composite beam, increasing the tensionin the bottom flange ofthe
steel beam and compression in the concrete flange. The shrinkage
strain for an internalmemberin a heated building maybe ofthe order
of 300 x l0_6 and for an externalelement it could be of the order of
100 x 106. This shrinkage strain may be reducedby a factorof0.5 to
take into account the effect of creep.
The curvature of a simply supported composite beam due to the
action of concrete shrinkage may be expressed as:
ir(D+D-}-D)A
R 2(l+aer)Ic
where E=effective shrinkage strain in concrete
D= depth of steel beam
= modular ratio
= depth of concrete slab
D= depth of profile sheeting
A = cross-sectional area of the steel beam
r= A
(D Dp)Be
Be =effective width of flange of the composite beam.
From the expression M/EI=1/R the bending moment in the com-
posite section may be found. This bending moment may be used to
calculate the stresses in the composite section due to shrinkage.
Normally, these calculations are omitted for composite beams in
buildings.
The deflection at the centre of the span ofthe compositebeam due
to shrinkage is given by:
Ar
[76E() 1]
The area of tensile reinforcement should not be so high as to shift the
plastic neutral axis far towards the reinforcement,resultingin a large
depth of the web being in compression. This may cause problemsof
compactness of the web, resulting in a decrease of plastic moment
capacity.
Determine the location of the neutral axis and the second moment of
area. See Tables 8.1 to 8.4 for section properties.Determinesection
properties for the transformedcomposite section.
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 347
Step 4 Carry out analysis
There are three basic decisions to be taken regarding the analysis:
(1) Type of analysis elastic or plastic.
(2) Redistributionof moments in continuous construction
(percentage).
(3) Type of shear connection full or partial.
The bending moments and shear should be determined for three
stages as follows.
(1) Construction stage: For unpropped construction, the bending
moments should be found separatelyfor dead load of wet con-
crete and for construction-imposed loading, including any stack-
ing, heaping,dumping, plant and machinery etc. The steel beams
have to be checked for construction loads, including imposed
loads, but locked-in stresses for dead loads ofwet concretealone
shouldbe used to checkthe service limit state stress distributionin
the steel beam.
(2) Service limit state: Analysis must be carried out to find the
bending moment due to imposed loads after the concrete has
hardened, when the beam behaves compositely with the con-
crete slab. For propped construction,the constructionstage need
not be investigated, and the service limit state should considerthe
combineddead and imposed load on the composite beam after
the concrete has hardened and the props have been removed.
(3) Ultimate limit state: The full combineddead and imposed loads
multiplied by appropriate load factors should be used to find the
ultimate bending moments and shears. The composite section
should be used to check the resistance.
Note: Recommended procedure for continuous compositebeam is to find,
by the use of recognised computer software, the bending moment,
shear and deflections for unit distributed loading on single spans
separately and for all spans under loaded conditions. The model of
the beam should include cracked section propertiesfor a distance of
0.15L on either side of the supports. By progressive loading of this
model, the pre-determined limits of plastic hinges on the composite
beamwillbe reached. When a hinge has formed,the model should be
altered to allow for this hinge in the beam and subsequent loads
should be applied on this altered model to find the final bending
moments, shears etc. The pre-determined level of the maximum
bending moment depends on the percentage of redistribution of
support moment allowed.
Conditionof web f
Class o section
d 64 d 76 .
I<
.
Web with neutral For rolled sections
axisgenerally
I 1 +r
I+ d 1 14
elsewhere
t1+2r when r > 0.66
Tension
Comp?essioft
SK 8/9 FormuLae for the determinationof web stress ratio r for beams
with unequalflanges.
q q
Shear buckling resistance = Va = dt
The critical shear strength can be obtained from Tables 21(a) to
21(d), as appropriate, in BS5950: Part 1. The stiffener spacing ratio
a/dmay be taken as infinity for steel beamswithout stiffeners, where
a is the spacingof stiffeners.
Reduction of plastic moment capacitiesdue to high shear
F
Ifthe appliedshear exceeds 0.5P, then the reduced plasticmoment
capacity is given by:
2
2F
Me,, =
Mc_(Mc_Mf)(j_ 1)
where Mc = plastic moment capacity of the compositeSection
Mf= plasticmoment capacity of the section remaining after
deduction of shear area A
For sectionswith a compression flange which is semi-compact, or a
web or a compression flange which is slender, Me,, should not be
taken as greater than the elastic moment capacity.
Design of CompositeBeams and Columns 351
Step 7 Check stabilityofcompressionflange (lateral torsionalbuckling)
(During constructionand as composite beams)
The following rules apply:
(1) The compression flangein asimply supportedbeamwill be deemed
to be fully restrainedby the concreteslab or by the profiled steel
sheet, if used, at the hardened construction stage. Otherwise,
during construction, appropriate restraint of the compression
flange has to be provided by temporary bracing.
(2) The compression top flange at the centre of a continuous beam
may be regardedas fullyrestrainedby the hardenedconcreteslab
or by the profiled steel sheeting during construction, if used as
permanent formwork.
(3) The compression bottom flange at the support of a continuous
beam must be laterally and torsionally restrained at the column
where plastic hinges may be allowed to form due to redistribu-
tion of moments.
(4) It is assumed that the hardenedconcrete slab or the profiled steel
sheeting will offer the overall buckling resistance of the bottom
compression flange ofthecontinuousbeamby providingthe lateral
restraint at the top flange. The check of this stability should be
carriedout usingthemethodinBS5950Part I:AppendixG: Design
ofrestrainedmemberswith unrestrainedcompressionflange.
Steps to follow to carry out stabffity check as per BS5950: Part 1:
Appendix G
TOPSIONAL RLTRAI1IT
LATERAL RESTRALVT
BY coAvRrTh SLAB
- ..
CONTIMJOUS BEAN
l+) + \x) 1
fitM /311
.
MOMENT FROZIUCI)1 TENSION AT THE TOP
SK 8/11 Determinationof
0! BEAM IS +ve
nt=
11 1 N1 3N2 4N3 3N4 N5 (Ns NE i I \
where N1 to N5 are bending moments at the quarter points
starting from end 1. Only positive values of these moments
should be considered in the determination of nt, positive
moments being those which cause compression in the unre-
strained flange. The beam is divided into four equal parts
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 353
.RIST.RAINZD FLA
!L4?E
N5
Vt
p
(14) Using the values of ATB andp, determine from Table 11 or
Table 12 of BS5950: Part 1. -
(15) Determineequivalentuniform moment M given by:
M = mMA
where MA is the maximum moment in the length ofthe member
under consideration.
(16) Determine bucklingmoment of resistance Mb given by:
Mb PbSX<pZ
(17) Check M/Mb i
Note: Use 90% of the values in Table 8.7 for lightweight aggregateconcrete.
Design of CompositeBeams and Columns 355
For partial shear connection this force may be taken as equal to
<R. and R. (See Step 4 for an explanationof the notations.)
When the design is based on elastic moment capacity of the
composite section, determine the longitudinal compressive force in
the concrete slab using the trapezoidal stress distribution and using
the effective breadth Be.
F = O.5(f +f2)BeDc
-J
r I .. .'.::1 .JDc
==
SK 8/13 Compressive force in concreteflange.
/
wheref1 and12 are the compressive stresses at the top and bottom of
the concrete section in compression and D is the depth of the
concrete section in compression.
Determine the longitudinal tensile force in the reinforcement
within the negative moment region:
F = O.8lfyAr
Determine the number of shear connectors required due to positive
moment, which is given by:
N=F/Q
Determine the number of shear connectorsrequired due to negative
moment, which is given by:
N=FJQ
The total number of shear connectors required over a length from
the point of maximum positive bending moment to each adjacent
support is:
N=N+N
For partial shear connection, the number of shear connectors
required to resist negative moment N should not be reduced.
Spacing of shear connectors: Method 1
The following steps may be followed.
(1) Find the points on the beam where bending moment becomes
zero. These points are at the supports for simply supported
356 Structural Steelwork
beams and at the point of contraflexure for a continuousbeam.
The point ofcontrafiexure should be determined after redistribu-
tion of moments.
I
(2) Find the distance from the point ofcontraflexure to the adjacent
support and l,, from the point of contraflexure to the point of
maximum positive moment in the span.
(3) Findthe uniform spacing for negative moment, which is given by:
Sfl =
N
J
J
where is the numberofshear connectorsin a row perpendicular
to the longitudinal axis of the beam.
(4) Findthe uniform spacingfor positive moment, which is given by:
Sp =
(5) Find the uniform spacing for combined positive and negative
moment, which is given by:
lp+ln
b_Np+Nn_1
J
(6) The uniformspacingS is the smallestof S, S, or Sb.Adopt shear
J
connectorsat uniform spacing S on the beam with numbers on
each row. This method is very conservativeand no more addi-
tional checks are necessary. It is assumed that full shear connec-
tion is required. Uniform spacing of shear connectors improves
buildability and reduces the overall time and cost, especially if
they are shop-welded by semi-automatic machines.
Spacing of shear connectors: Method 2
The following steps may be followed.
(I) Find the points on the beam where the negative steel over the
support can be fully curtailed, taking into account the recom-
mendations of BS8110 regardingcurtailment. The bars have to
extend at least 12 diameters beyond the point where they are not
required, provided the full tension anchorage length has been
provided from the point of maximum negative moment.
(2) Find the distance of the point of curtailment from the adjacent
I
support and find the spacing S, which is given by:
Sfl=(
Use this spacing over the support and into the span up to a
length i, S from the support.
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 357
(3) Find l.a,, the distance from the point 4, S,, from support to the
point where the positive moment is maximum. Find the spacing
Si,, which is given by:
S _____
J
Use spacing S, over the positive moment region in the span.
Spacing of shear connectors: Method 3
After selecting a variable zonal spacing of shear connectors, the
beam may be divided into zones. Within each zone, the spacing
of shear connectors is kept constant. At all changes of spacing of
the shear connectors, the following conditions should be satisfied.
(Nj is the total number of shear connectorsfrom the point of interest
to the nearest support.)
For positive moment zones: Nj = M-M + N but Nj N
NPM M,
For negative moment zones: Nj = N but Nj (N
M is the moment at the point under consideration
M is the positive or negative moment capacity of the composite
section, as appropriate
M is the moment capacity of the steel section
Additional check of shear connectors
Additional checks at points on the span are necessary following
method 3. These are needed at points where (1) a heavy concentrated
load is applied in the span, (2) a sudden change of cross-section
occurs, (3) at the point of tapering of the beam and (4) where the
concrete flange is so large that M is more than 2.5 times M8.
Reduction of stud capacity in profiled sheets
Ribsperpendicular to beam
The stud capacities Q
and Q,,have to be reduced by the following
factors when profiled steel sheets are used as pennanent formwork.
The reduction factor is given by:
'I
L
bb
be
Ribsparallel to beam
k=1 for-1.5
vsN= NQ
EJXE
1 IX! OF
SLAB SLAB
v/ /// ////1/)
Top flinge
of steei beam
nun
I! I
mm I -L -
max I_54I54Si 5 54 1600 mx''6OO vnaz
msn mull ,pi ii m fl mt.ii or 4J) or 4D1
igich,wr is less
f O.4d PLAN Of STEEL BEAM
mi,u
PAP.? SEC?ION
Design of CompositeBeams and Columns 361
Resistance to longitudinal shear
Theresistanceto longitudinal shear comes from the potentialconcrete
shear surface(see SK 8/16), the dowel action of any anchored trans-
verse reinforcement in the concrete slab and the contribution from
the profiled steel sheeting.
FROFILIDSBEETJM
PARALLEL TO BEAM
PRO!JLE.DSHEEIJM
PERPENJJICULAR TO BEAM
SHEETIM
443,-
vp
()
(n dtp)
where d= nominal shank diameter of the studs
n 4 for most cases
N= number of shear connectorsin a group
s= longitudinal spacingof groups of shear connectors
Check that Vr V.
= 0.6
M1--M2]
where 5 = the deflection of the continuouscompositebeam at the
middle of one of the spans due to imposed loading
= the deflectionof the same span due to same loading as
a simply supported beam
M0= maximumspan bendingmoment in the same span due
to the same loading as a simply supported beam
M1 and M2 = the bending moments at the adjacent supports of the
span dueto sameloadingas a continuousbeam (modi-
fied for patterned loading and shake-down effects)
Determination of M1 and M2 taking into account pattern loading and
shake-down effects
Allowancefor pattern loading
Load all spansofthe continuousbeam with unfactored imposedload
and find M1 and M2 for the span under consideration. Reduce these
moments by 30% for normal loading and 50% for storage loading
(except adjacent to cantilevers) to account for pattern loading.
Allowance for shake-down effects
Shake-down effects are only to be considered if:
plastic global analysis is used
elastic global analysis is used with uncracked section properties
and more than 40% redistributionof support moments
elastic global analysis is used with cracked section propertiesand
more than 20% redistribution of support moments
Determine M1 and M2 for unfactoreddead load plus 80% ofimposed
loads for normal loading or determine M1 and M2 for unfactored
dead load plus 100% of imposed loads for storage loads.
If momentsM1 and M2 exceed the plastic moment capacity of the
composite beam at supports 1 and 2, respectively, then the excess
momentsare called the shake-down moments.
Moments M1 and M2 found after the pattern loading correction
shouldbe furtherreducedby these shake-down moments. These finally
reduced support moments shouldbe usedin the formulafor deflection.
Correction of deflection due to partial shear connection
/ Na\
For unpropped construction: 6 = 6 + 0.3i 1 (6
\ JVpJ
364 StructuralSteelwork
where t5 = corrected final deflection of the compositebeam allowing
for partial shear connection
= deflection ofthe composite beamwith fullshearconnection
= deflection of the steel beam alone subjected to the same
loading
Na = actual number of shear connectors used for positive
moment, which should not be less than
O.4N
N= the number of shear connectors required for full shear
connection to develop positive moment capacity of the
section
(Hz)
/1 /j
\/
15.76
where
8st = Mg/K
= staticdeflectionof the systemdue to gravity load Mg
The natural frequency of a compositebeam may be found approxi-
mately by finding the deflection 6st at midspan due to the service
limit dead load, including all permanentloads plus an allowance for
imposedload (1050%).
Check
f==>4Hz
Design of CompositeBeams and Columns 365
8.2 EXAMPLE 8.1: COMPOSITE BEAM
Design parameters
Use trapezoidalprofiled sheets for deck construction.
1), = 50
150
be =
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 367
Determine L for continuousbeam from SK 8/2.
Positive moments,end spans: Lz=0.8L=9.6m .. b= 1.2m
Positive moments,central spans:
over
L = 0.7L =8.4m .. b = 1.05m
=0.5L = 6.0ifi .. be = 0.75 m
Negative moments, supports: Lz
Be = total effective breadth = 2be
Section properties of transformed area
First, check if tensile steel reinforcement is required in the concrete
flange to resist negative bending moment.
Determine the maximum ultimate moment over the sup-
ports by elastic analysis, using constant moment of inertia and the
appropriate coefficients from the tables in Chapter 11.
(D + 2Dp)e
The elastic neutral axis is in the steel beam for positive moments. The
concrete is uncracked and the gross uncracked section properties
should be used.
(See Table 8.1.) The depth of the neutral axis below the top of the
concrete slab is given by:
D) + cr(D+ D)
1+QeT
368 Structural Steelwork
A 9510
End spans: r = = = 0.0528
(A
Dp)Be 75 X 2400
9510
Central spans: r = = 0.0604
x 2100
End spans: = (125
50) + (10 x 0.0528 x [(461.3)+ 125])
1 + (10 x 0.0528)
= 147.4mm
Central spans: n= 180.7mm
Moment of inertia of composite section
= momentof inertia of steel beam about major axis =32470cm4
Positive moments
+ +
,X+ Be(Ds D)3 + A(D D
g
12ye 4(1+cer)
2400x753
Endspans:I=3.247x108 + 12x10 + 9510x(461.3+125+50)2
4x(1+lOxO.0528)
= 9.631 x 108mm4
Central spans: 'g = 9.322 x 108mm4
Negative moments
Moment of inertia is given by:
I = J (because Ar = 0) = 3.2470 X 108 mm4
- 1,=
9.322x10'
10200
J
r
I
3.247x108
I
1180011800
8400
1
-1w r
1800118001
I,
+ve
8400
-
180118001
1
I
#ve
10200
2
$2000 12000 jc 12000
j1) 12000
W
-
11.03 11.03
Ak Ak
8.87
12.86 12.86
B.END1M. MOUEIQ? DiAGRAM-ALL SPANS WADED
6.38
-nn- 14.95
544
BENDING IMIB7 .DIACRAMSPAIJ
5.60
AB WADED
12.48
BENDING MOM!).'! DIACRAM-PAN BC LOADED
Location Span 1 loaded Span 2 loaded Span 3 loaded Span 4 loaded All spans loaded
Bending Deflection Bending Deflection Bending Deflection Bending Deflection Bending Deflection
moment moment moment moment moment
Span 1 0.40L 14.73 1.046 2.17 0.254 0.60 0.056 0.13 0.012 12.87 0.829
0.45L 14.95 1.078 2.45 0.273 0.55 0.055 0.12 0.011 12.86 0.845
0.50L 14.81 1.082 2.72 0.287 0.50 0.053 0.10 0.011 12.49 0.836
0.55L 14.31 1.059 2.99 0.297 0.45 0.050 0.09 0.011 11.76 0.806
0.60L 13.45 1.011 3.26 0.301 0.40 0.047 0.08 0.010 10.66 0.753
Support B 1.OOL 6.38 0 5.44 0 1.00 0 0.21 0 11.03 0
Span 2 1.40L 3.36 0.309 11.78 0.861 2.96 0.273 0.62 0.057 7.12 0.380
1.45L 2.98 0.301 12.31 0.895 2.63 0.265 0.55 0.055 7.77 0.407
l.50L 2.61 0.287 12.48 0.907 2.30 0.253 0.48 0.053 8.05 0.420
1.55L 2.23 0.268 12.29 0.894 1.97 0.237 0.41 0.049 7.98 0.417
1.60L 1.85 0.245 11.74 0.859 1.64 0.216 0.34 0.045 7.55 0.399
Support C 2.OOL 1.17 0 5.60 0 5.60 0 1.17 0 8.87 0
3o
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 371
Ultimateload analysis at construction stage
Steel beam only; unpropped; use coefficients from Table 11.1.
Condition 1: Span I (AB) only loaded with wet concrete
Ultimate dead load of beam and profiled sheet
= 1.4 x 1.12= 1.568kN/m
Total ultimate dead and live load at construction stage
= 18.85 kN/m (see Step 2)
Ultimate load of wet concretealone 18.85 1.568= 17.282kN/m
Bending moments over supports using coefficients from Table 11.1
(Use inertia ratio equal to 1.0):
MB = ([1.568 x 0.1071] + [17.282 x 0.0670])x 122
= 190.92 kNm
Mc = ([1.568 X 0.0714] [17.282 X 0.0179]) X 122
= +28.42kNm
MD = ([1.568x 0.10711+[17.282 x 0.0045]) x 122
= 35.38 kNm
Condition 2: Spans 1 and2 loaded with wet concrete
MB = ([1.568x 0.1071]+[17.282x 0.1161]) x 122
= 313.llkNm
Mc = ([1.568x 0.0714]+ [17.282 X 0.0384]) X 122
= 111.7kNm
MD ([1.568 x 0. 1071] [17.282 x 0.0089]) x 122
= -2.00 kNm
Service load analysis at construction stage
Spans 1 (AB) and2 (BC) loaded with wet concrete and construction
live load
Support moment at B=0.116x 12.82x 122==214.lkNm
All spans loaded with dead load of concrete only
Support moment at B = 0.107 x 8.32 x 122 = 128.2kNm
Span moment in span 1 = 0.077 x 8.32 x 122 = 92.3 kNm
The maximum ultimate shear forcein span 1 at support B is given by:
F = (10.57 x 6.919)+ (36.86 x
= ([6.532
+ 0.453 + 0.017])
+(1.92 x 12 x 0.5) 342.7kN
Step 5 Check section class/ication
Constructionstage; steel beam only; unpropped.
UB457x 152 x 74kg/m;d/t=41.1; b/T= 4.49; T= 17mm; t=9.9mm
Check section classification as per Table 7 of BS5950: Part!.
For flange: E = /(275/345)= 0.89
Flange is class 1 plastic because b/T<8.5c= 7.56
Forwebwith neutralaxis atmid-depth: webis class 1 plasticbecause d/
t < 79e
Composite beam
The ribs of the profiled steel sheet run at right angles to the beam,
and the flange is classed as plastic. Therefore, rectangular plastic
stress distribution in the composite section is assumed.
372 Structural Steelwork
Concrete resistance = = 0.45fcuBe(Ds D)
= 0.45 x 40 x 2100 x 75 x iO = 2835kN
Web resistance=R = dtp = 406.9 x 9.9 x 355 x iO = 1430kN
Steelbeam resistance=R = Ap = 9510 x 345 x iO = 3281kN
For positive moments,since R is greater than R, the neutral axis
lies in the compression flange, and the whole web is in tension at the
ultimate limit state. The web classification for bucklingin compres-
sion is not necessary.
For negative moment the steel beam only is effective, and the web
classification as in the constructionstage is class 1 plastic.
Span 1
Resistance of concrete flange = R = 0.45fB(D D)
= 0.45 x 40 x 2400
x (125 50) x io
= 3240kN
Resistanceof steel flange = = BTp = 152.7 x 17 x 345 x
R iO
= 895.6kN
Resistanceof steel beam=R = Ap = 9510 x 345 x i0
= 3281kN
Resistance of clear web depth = R = dtp = 406.9 x 9.9 x 355 x iO
= 1430kN
Resistanceof overall web depth = = R 2Rf= 1489.8kN
R
where A=area of steel beam=9510mm2
B=breadth of flange of steel beam= 152.7mm
Be =effective breadth of concreteflange = 2400mm
d=clear depth of web= 406.9mm
= grade of concrete= 40N/mm2
D= overall depth ofslab = 125mm
DT==depth of profiled steel sheet=50mm
thickness of steel flange = 17mm
i = thickness ofweb of steel beam= 9.9mm
D = overall depth of steel beam= 461.3mm
Positive moments: full shear connection
R > R and R> R
The positive moment plastic neutral axis lies in the steel flange. The
plastic moment capacity of the compositebeam M is given by:
D
M=R-j--R
2
DS+ D
2
p 'RSRCJ
Rf
4
((3281_3240)2 X o.017\ m
1040 .3 kN
895.6
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 373
Partial shear connection
N== number of shear connectors required for full shear connection
Na actual number of shear connectors used.
The allowable minimumis given by:
Na (L 6)_
126_
06
N 10 10
= 125 06
(3281 xO.4613) (1944{o 0.075})
1944)2 0.017
((3281
k 895.6 4
= 947.5kNm > 755kNm (see Step 7)
Check shear capacity
Shear capacity=P=O.6tDp=0.6 x 9.9 x 461.3 x 355 x
=972.7kN
i0
Maximumultimate shear force=F,,= 342.7kN < 0.5P,=486.4 kN
No reduction of moment capacity is needed for high shear load.
Shear buckling resistance = =q,dt
= =
d/t 41.1, which gives cr 213N/mm2 from Table 21(d) ofBS5950:
Part 1
V1=213x4O6.9x9.9x 103=858kN>F
= 0.485
algebraically
smaller end moment
28.42 0.15
algebraicallyhigher end moment 190.92
Note: Moment which produces compression at the unrestrained flange is
taken as positive.
Using /3=O.l5 and Y=zO.485, determine the equivalent moment
factor mt from Table 39 of BS5950: Part 1:
m= 0.55
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 375
The slenderness correction factor nt = 1.0 where there are no inter-
mediate loads between restraints (ignoring the self-weight of the
profiled sheet and the beam).
c= 1.0 for uniform members
4a 4x255
I F 444
)+)j
Vt = I ,.. '2
I (La\
'A\21 (2 1 x 255\2 (368\2 I
hj +_)j [1+
1
11+(J
L
= 0.483
The minor axis slenderness ratio ATB is given by:
)'TB = fltUVtCA = 1.0 x 0.87 x 0.483 x 1.0 x 368 = 155
Bending strength from Table 11 of BS5950: Part 1 correspondingto
=
ATB= 155 and p, 355 N/mni2 is Pb =67N/mm2.
Buckling moment of resistance:
Mb=Spb=1624x103x67x 106=lO9kNm
The equivalent uniformmoment M is given by:
M=mMA=0.55 x 190.92= lO5kNm
1=0963<1.0
A B C I
SK 8/20 Bending momentdiagram when spans I and 2 are loaded.
376 Structural Steelwork
Maximum support moment at B=313.1 kNm (See Step 4)
13=0/313.1 =0
m = 0.6 from Table 39 of BS5950: Part I
)=368, u=0.87, m=0.6, vt=O.483 and c=1.0
The slenderness correctionfactor nt is different, being dependent on
the shape of bendingmoment diagram.
Determination ofn: Consideronly positive values ofappliedmoments
at quarter points. Positive moments are those which produce com-
pression in the unrestrained flange.
N1=0, N2=0, N3=0, N4=0 and N5=313.1
nt=
1 IN5 (N NE\)]
=
[xO.56]
N NE
= 0.216 taking only positive values of the expression-i-,-
1lE
= nuvcA = 0.216 x 0.87 X 0.483 x 1.0 X 368 = 33
Bending strength from Table 11 of BS5950: Part 1 5Pb = 333N/mm2
Mb =Spi, <pZ
= 1624 x i03 x 333 x 106 < 345 x 1408 x i03 x 10_6
= 540kNm < 486 kNm
M = mIMA = 0.6 x 313.1 = 187.9kNm
M = ____
187.9
= 0.39 < 1 (Satisfied)
Mb 486
The beam selected is stable under all conditions of construction
loading.
Composite stage: stability of bottom flange in compression
The worst case of stabilityof span 2 arises when spans 1 and 3 are
fully loaded but spans 2 and 4 are loaded with dead load only.
The analytical model allows for fully cracked section properties
for the whole of span 2 and half of span 4. This produces the
maximum bending moment in span 1 and all of span 2 has hogging
moment, creating the most critical stability problem of the com-
pressive bottom flange. By computer analysis the results shown in
SK 8/21 are obtained.
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 377
277 227 317
755
TORSIONAL
RZSTRAI)1J'
TORSIONAL
RESTRATh7
*
OF SPAN 2
f2x293\2
'' /
/2x293'\2
AAA
1
I
(184\2
077
1+' )+--)
Using fl =0.22 and Y=0.77, determine the equivalent moment
factor mt from Table 39 of BS5950: Part 1:
m= 0.63
From the bending moment diagram in SK 8/22, the moments at the
quarter points are as follows:
N1 =277kNm
N2= 187 kNm
N3= 122 kNm
N4=8OkNm
N5=62kNm
The plastic moment capacity for negative momentsofthe steel beam
is constant over the whole length of the beam and is equal to
560kNm. Therefore:
M1=M2=M3=M4=M5=56OkNm
N = the greatest of N2N3 and
N4 = N2
M M2'M3 M4 M2
Design of Composite Beams and Columns 379
NE = the greatest of N1 N5
and = N1
4a
=
Vt
f\2
1+11+I-
1 IA\2
\h8J 20x
4 x 293
11 = 0.76
2
12x293\2
444 )+-- 1 /184
Qp=O.8Qk=0.8 X 139=111.2 kN
Shear connectors are not required in the negative moment region
because tensile reinforcementhas not been used.
Reduction ofstud shear connectors in profiledsheets
Use one stud per rib.
1
k=0.85(J_)(__1)
380 Structural Steelwork
where br= breadth of concrete nb = ba for open trough profile
= 150mm
D = depth ofprofiled sheet =50mm
h=height ofstud=lOOmm
k=2.55, so k is taken as 1.0
Use partial shear connection as determined in Step 6.
Rq= 1944kN (see Step 6)
The number of shear connectors N required betweenthe point of
maximum positive moment and the support is given by:
1944
N 18
PQ 111.2
V
NQ
v=hh1103=371N/m
The resistance to longitudinal shear of the beam per unit length is
given by:
= IN\ fldt,p
Vp
)
where N= number of shear connectors in spacing S
= 1 number in 300mm
n=4
d= diameter of shank of shear connector=22mm
= thickness of profiled steel sheet= 1.2mm
= design strength of profiled steel sheet= 280N/mm2
v=4x4x22x 1.2x280=99N/mm
Vr
(O.7xOx46o)(o.o3x
lx 100x40)+99
= 387N/mm> 371 N/mm
The concreteflange has adequate longitudinal shear resistance.
21.37
hNftn
18
load=8.32+2.25+3 x 3.6=21.37kN/m
Calculate the deflection by using Table 8.8 in Step 4.
=3.33Hz<4Hz
v'29.25
-4
f
A =area ofsteel section encased
=characteristic 28-day cube strength of the concrete
=design strength of the steel section
=yield strength of the steel reinforcement
P
The formula for is the addition of ultimate resistances of all the
components of the composite column. The expression includes a
material factor Ym equal to 1.5 for concrete and 1.15 for steel
reinforcement.
-
COMPRESSION
P,c
-- PC
Pwt
TENSION
FOYCE
DIACR.4M
SECTiON
SK 8/25 Plastic neutral axis for moment about the majoraxis ofa typical
encasedcolumn.
Pc+Pwc =Pwt
or P=P2P
where P =forcein the total webofdepth D at ultimatestress level
Yt)
386 Structural Steelwork
P2P=(D
= 2Y)tp breadth of the concrete encasement
D=D-2T
Y= depth of web in compression from the compression
flange of the steel section
T=thickness of the flanges of the symmetrical steel section
t = thickness of web of the steel section
D =overall depth of the steel section
Step 4 Determine plastic moment ofresistance about the major axis (XX)
Take moments of the ultimate internal forces in the components
about the plastic neutral axis to get the plasticmoment of resistance.
For a symmetrical section the plasticmoment of resistance about the
major axis is given by:
= PfDf + PrDr + PC Yp + y2 tJ)y + (D
tJ)y
2
where Df= distance between the centre of the flanges
Dr= distance betweenthe centre of tensile and compressive
reinforcement
Ar
Ip
1
SIC 8/26 Plastic neutral axis for momentabout the minor axis.
Design of CompositeBeams and Columns 387
b= breadth of concrete encasement
= depth of concreteencasement
D= overall depth of steel section
B= width of flange of steel section
t= thickness ofweb of steel section
T= thickness of flange of steel section
D=D-2T
Taking the symmetrical cross-section in SK 8/26 as an example, the
plastic neutral axis may be determined by equating the tensile and
compressive internal forces as follows:
Tensile force =
2(1+1 +_)r +Dtp +f
Compressive force = 2
(
x) rp, +
(__x)TJ
Equating the forces:
2(21+ t)Tp+ Dtp
(__x)r]
The only unknownin the above equation is I. It can be determined
easily.
= O.87fy Dr +
tDP(X+ )
+
(_x)T]
Step 7 Determine effective slenderness of column and compressivestrengthPc
A column is classed as slenderif L/b is greater than 12, where L is
the length of the column. The slenderness factor is given by:
L ,1
P
388 Structural Steelwork
where > I=second moment of area of all the components in a
composite colunm about the minor axis expressed in
steel units
E =modulus of elasticity of steel
P =composite column section capacity in axial compres-
sion (see Step 1)
If the slenderness factor is less than 0.2 then the column may be
classed as stocky.
Find effective slenderness ratio A, which is given by:
AefrAlr4I'
V
Step 9 Check column capacityfor biaxial bending and direct load by inter-
actionformula
P M M 1.0
Check __+__+L<
P
Alternatively check
M + ___ 1.0
where jt = I-Pux-P
lix 1o
and p = 1Puy-P1o
P0 = 0.45J(hb A1 A)
P = P and Pu = P
Pu = CipA + O.87fyAr + +
(O.83U)AC [i c2() (.&)]
Factor C1 is less than one to allow for a reduction of the axial load
capacity of the steel section due to the presence of hoop tension.
Values of C1 and C2 are given in Table 8.9.
/ <Ap
Check 1: 0.2P <0.9P
Check 2: 851r to avoid local buckling
E=
V PY
A = ir4
V PY
E is the modulus of elasticity of steel.
Using this value of A, find the compressive strength Pc from
Table 27(a) of BS5950: Part 1 corresponding to design strengthps,.
Find K1 =
Pc
and
Py
P = K1P
Step 4 Determine ultimate moment capacityM of the concrete filled CHS
See SHS Design Manual, published by British Steel, 1986 for
concretefilled columns.
-
/ 4 Nos. T20
.
________ _______
.ff 225
U.. .
...
-
'4
450
SK8/28 Detailsofanencasedcolumn.
Designstrength=p,= 355N/mm2
Grade of concretein encasement =40N/nun2
Steelreinforcementin encasement =4 no. 20mm diameter bars
=f
Area of steel reinforcement=Ar= 1256nun2
Grade of steel reinforcement =f, =460N/mm2
Cover to steel reinforcement =35mm minimum
Length of column between floors=6000mm
Loading condition: P= 4200kN, = 220kNm M
Step 1 Determine axial section capacityfor dfrect compression
Pu = 0.45fA + Ap + 0.87Arfy
where A = area ofsteel section= 15000mm2
= net area of concrete
=450X450AsAr=202500 15000 1256
= 186244mm2
= ([0.45 x 40 x 186244]+[15000 x 355]
+ [0.87 x 460 x 1256]) x i0
= 9180kN
Capacity of steel column section only = 15 x 355 = 5325 kN
Contribution of concreteonly
=P0=0.45 x 40 x 186.244 = 3352kN= 0.365P
Step 2 Determine tensile load capacity ofthe encased column
This is necessary if an interaction diagram is required to be drawn.
Pt = ultimate tensilecapacity= Ap + O.87Arfy
=([15000 x 355]+[0.87 x 1256 x 460]) x i0 = 5828kN
392 Structural Steelwork
450
I-. 1
450
1256(3068 x 18.7)
11.9Y]
Simplifying gives:
Y= 35.8mm
Yp= Y+T+67.75= 122.25mm
Yt)
=0.45 x 40 x ([450 x 122.25] 628 [306.8 x 18.7]
[35.8x 11.9])x i0
=868kN
Df=distance betweencentroid of flanges= 295.8mm
Dr=distance between centroid of steel reinforcement in compression
and tension=360 mm
Taking moments of these forces about the PNA, is given by:
(D Y)
PfDf+PrDr+Pc +tPy +t
= (1979 x 0.2958) + (251 x 0.36) +
(868 0.122)
450 314.5
t=1t.9
77
S
306.8
I
I
' ____________
450
Rastic ,wid&
ax's
2Tp(2X+ t) + Dtp
(__X)T]
(2x 18.7x345x[2X+1l.9])+(277.1 x ll.9x355)
=0.45x40x
=0.87f D1+tDP(X+)
+0.45f4(__X)k_4_ (_x)T]
= 587 x 106 Nmm
E
205x103 114
450f 450 x 40
jxX =
=
[i + Ar
(
x
)2J (1
x
1)+ -j bchc3
+
(- x 4504 x
= 589 x 106 mm4
>II=Iyy=
=
(9006x 1o4+!x36o2)(1_.1)
+
( x 450 x
Using the second moment of area about the minor axis, the slender-
ness factor is given by:
- 6000 / 9180 x 1O
V205x 10 x419x =0.624 106
= = 0.624 x r x 103
=
,/205x
1,
The reduction
Pc
factor K1 is given
PP 91804200
P0 9180_33520.854
M +
My <1.0
,LXMPX
Check
276.7 56.7
+ = 0.52
0.787 x 854 0.854 x 587
397
398 StructuralSteelwork
9.1.2 Capacity of bolts
Effective area of bolts
A= effective area ofbolt in tension (reference BS 4190 and BS3692)
= area of the bolt at the bottom of the threads
= effective area of bolt in shear= A =generally, or
= area of shank where threads do not appear in the shear plane
Shear capacityof bolts
= shear capacity of bolt=pA
Ps= design strength of bolts in shear
= 160N/mm2 for Grade 4.6 bolts
= 375N/mm2 for Grade 8.8 bolts
Bearing capacity of bolts
=bearing capacity of bolt= dtpbb
d=nominal diameter of bolt
t =thickness of the connected ply
Pbb =design strength of bolt in bearing
=460N/mm2 for Grade 4.6 bolts
= 1035N/mm2for Grade 8.8 bolts
Bearing capacity of connected ply
PbS =bearing capacity of connected ply =dtp etpb
e =end distancein the directionof load
=design strength of connected ply in bearing
=460N/mm2 for Grade 43 material of the ply
=550N/mm2 for Grade 50 material of the ply
=650N/mm2 for Grade 55 material of the ply
Bolt shear capacityreduction
Longjoints
= reduced bolt shear capacity=p5A5[(5500 Lj)/5000]
L= distance betweenthe first row of bolts and the last row of bolts
in the directionof loading in a long joint> 500 mm.
Large grip joints
When Tg=the total thickness of all the plies joined together by a
bolt ofnominaldiameter d exceeds Sd, then the bolt shear capacityis
reduced as follows:
=pA5[8d/(3d + Tg)]
Tensile capacity of bolt
=tensile capacity=pA
Pt = design strength of bolt in tension= 195N/mm2 for Grade 4.6
bolts
= 450N/mm2 for Grade 8.8 bolts
Note: These tension capacitiesalready include an allowance of 20 to 30%
for prying effects andprying forcesmay not be included separatelyin
the analysis of bolt tension.
Connectionsin Steelwork 399
Derivation of tension capacities of bolts
Pt= UTS x -- x x
Ym
UTS= ultimate tensile strength
material factor = 1.25
Yt factor to allow for thread stripping effects = 0.9 generally
=
= =
'Yp factor to allow for pryingeffects 0.8 for Grade 8.8
bolts and
0.7 for Grade 4.6 bolts
'
m m
7'
AT YJELD LiNES
PLASTIC HJMES
.
-
Leff 1\/
I
Q=. Q
:
Prng Boil Boil
: : tenston tenston
MODE 1: FAIlURE OF !LAM,E OF 7-S7VB
YIELD LINES
ELEVATION OF TS7TJB
rT I I
I
P
PRYIiV FORCES ELASTIC RAIIVE
4P
I I I III
I I I
I If
Boil tension=Pi Boil tensionP1
MODE 3: FAIlURE OF BOLTS
SK 9/2 Modes of failure of bolts in tension.
Connections in Steelwork 403
(20% for Grade 8.8 and 30% for Grade 4.6). The enhanced bolt
tensions at failureare obtained after removing these margins because
in the modes of failure illustratedin SK 9/2 the prying forces do not
come into consideration.
Mode 1: Failure of flange or end plate of beam by yielding
The work done by rotation of plastichingesin the flange or endplate
of the beam is equated to the work done by the tensile load P.
PS = 4MpG
S=mO
P=4Mp/m
Mp = Leff Py
=
Leff effective length of flange or end plate gone beyond yield
=
design strength of the material of flange or end plate
=
t thickness of flange or end plate
m = distance from the centre ofthe bolt to 20% ofthe distanceinto
the root of the rolled section or the fillet weld
M =the plastic moment ofresistanceofflange or end plate per unit
length
5 and 9 are as shown in SK 9/2.
Mode 2: Failure of flange or end plate and bolts by yielding
Apply the principle of work done as in mode 1: i.e. work done by
load P=work donein rotation of plastic hinges in the flange + work
done in plastic extension of bolts (see SK 9/2):
PS1 2MpO+(>P)52
PSi == enhanced bolt tensile capacity without allowance for prying
(m + n)O
82= nO
(m+n)
Here, n is theeffective edge distance, whichis the least ofthefollowing:
For endplate:
end distance e for the column flange
end distance e for the end plate
1.25m for the end plate
For columnflange:
end distance e for the column flange
end distance e for the end plate
1.25m for the column flange
Mode 3: Failure of bolts by yielding
The ultimate load in bolts with enhancedcapacities, excluding prying
effects, equates to the load P applied.
END
-t
p
(ID
CD
CD
0
-t
OF WEB
LoLh
Connections in Steelwork 405
Table 9.2 Typicalyield-line failure ofplate around bolts.
Pattern I -
Leff =2irm
Pattern 2
I?: Leff =4m+1.25e
ex[
e in in e
Pattern 4 Lff=b/2
YIELD
LINES
406 Structural Steelwork
Table 9.2 (contd)
Pattern 5 Lff2m+O.62SeX+g/2
fzzz
- 1k -
Pattern 7
eJ mxT
- Lff=4mX+ 1.25e
-
Pattern 8 Leff =2irm
1I
I-
Connections in Steelwork 407
Table9.2 (contd)
Pattern 9 - 4,
S k; -
F
Lff=4m + I.25e+ 2p
- ffl- F
- I JP
s
Note: Detailedanalysisofthe yield-linepatterns may be obtainedby reference to Joints in Steel
Construction: Moment Connections, The Steel ConstructionInstitute, 1995.
If the beam end plate and the column flange are thin and flexible,
then it can be assumed that all bolts in the tension zone of the
moment connection will reach yield or their maximum rated capacity
according to mode of failure (modes 1 to 4). On the other hand, if
the column flange or the beam end plate is very stiffand cannot bend
enough under load to cause yield in all the bolts in the tension zone,
then a triangular stress distribution in the bolt group has to be
assumed, as shown in SK 9/4. The triangular distribution of loads
should be adopted unless:
either i <jdT V
or d1
T<4/ 1.9
VPYC
TRIAAVULA.R
DISTPJBU7ION OF
WAD JR LTS
WITHRIGID END
PLATE
4....
F,) (Web paneL shear)
PC
PC
(bvcZing)
j
n) 'C
- COLUMN CHECL
'C
Pc(flangebtickZim
BEAM ClICKS
F >F
Determine = +N
F P
Use this to check against and P,,
Shear capacity of connection
The interactionformula in BS5950: Part 1 for combined tensionand
shear on bolts, apart from friction grip bolts, requiresthe factor 1.4
not to be exceeded. If it is assumed that the applied tension is F
P
equal to the tensioncapacity ofthe bolt, then the applied shear F
P
could have a maximum value equal to O.4P, where is the shear
capacity of the bolt.
F
The design shear force should not exceed the shear capacity of
bolts in the tensionand shear zones combined. The bolt layout in the
end plate may be divided into tension zone bolts and shear zone
bolts. The shear zone bolts are designed for shear force only and any
tensiondue to moment in these bolts is neglected.
F
NUMBER OF BOLTS IN
TENSION ZONE =
coiwnsz
PART PLAN
P = (b1 + ni)tp
where n1 = depth of column D
Pc =compressivestrengthofthe column webas perTable27(c)
ofBS5950: Part 1 with slenderness ratio A taken as 2.5d/t
d=depth of web betweenfillets
Local bearing check of compression flange of beam
P
The bearing resistance ofthebeamflange incompression isgiven by:
Pc =pTB
where p,= design strength of beam
T=thickness of flange of beam
B= width of flange of beam
The bearing stress in flange may be allowed to exceed p, by up to
40% to allow for the effects of local strain hardeningand dispersion
of the load partly in the web of the beam.
L
SECTION11
=
l
I
= thickness of stiffener
Pys
1
BEAM END PLATE
E1
BOTTOM FLAZE
SJXTIONI-I
StTJON2-2
= /(IefT/Aeff)
effective of the stiffener
=0.7(D length
Leff
2T) assuming that the column flanges are restrained
against rotation relative to each other
D= overall depth of the column
T =thickness offlange ofcolumn
)ff=slendernessratio = Leff/Teff
Using this slenderness ratio and the design strengthp, find the com-
pressive strength pc from Table 27(c) of BS5950: Part 1. The design
strengthp, shouldbe taken as the lesserofthe designstrengthsofthe
column and the stiffener.
P
The buckling resistance of the stiffener assembly is given by:
Pc = AeffPc F
P
The bearing strength of the stiffener assembly is given by:
= Ap + bearing resistance ofweb alone
= Ap + (b1 + fl2)tcpyc F (see bearing resistance of
column web)
Assuming that 80% of the load passes through the contact surface
between the stiffener and the flange, the net bearing resistance is P
given by:
P=F
416 Structural Steelwork
Column flange backing plates
This method of stiffening may only be used wherecolumn flanges are
very thin and mode 1 type offailuredictatesthe connection geometry.
:'j Q
tn
Tu &Lt
tension
4M-i-2M'
t2
Mp = Leff Py
M'P=Leff-J4
where t' =thickness of backing plate
p'y =design strength of backing plate
Supplementary column web plate
Design philosophy
(1) t =
thickness of web plate
(2) Pys design strength of
t
web
= thickness of column web.
plate =Pyc =design strength of
column.
(3) Leg length of fillet weld all round= thickness of web plate t.
(4) b= width of web plated2t.
(5) Use ifil-in weld between web plate andthe flange where resistance
to web tension is required.
(6) = d where fill-in weld is used.
b
(7) = length of web plate?g+ + D/2.
L L
(8) Use plug welds where b> 37t (Grade 43) or 33t (Grade 50).
(9) Diameterofplug weld whenusedshouldbe greaterthanor equalto
t,, andthe spacingofplugwelds shouldbe less than orequalto 37t.
g =horizontal spacingof bolts at the connection
4. =length of end plate
D =overall depth of column section
d=depth betweenfillets of column section
Connections in Steelwork 417
I
Rug weds
SEC7JON I-I
sirrioi1i 22
6,,
Trs
'?Z
ELEVATION ELEVATION
i b4 i,,,i,'iA',Jjfb1,.
fcope
________
1_I
0,I
SLVTION S1tTION
FAR?-DEPTH STIFFENER FULL -DEPTH STIFFENER
r- STIFFENER
-l -1
/ TENSION
p12
C p
- -l ROW i
LLL z
p
-I ROW j . 'Ti
p p/2
ROW i
ROW;
F
The bolt tensions and Fri may be assumed to be resisted partly by
the web and partly by the stiffener. Assuming that the load carried
by the stiffener is inversely proportional to its distance from the row
F
of bolts, the load in the stiffener is given by:
F
S(+) m1F11
+ miF
(mI+m2)
Check F
m1, m21 and m2J are the distancesfrom the bolts as shown in SK 9/15.
-BEAM
TYPICAL SECTION
MORRIS STIFFENER
ELEVATiON
n)
'C
SK 9/17 Typicalhaunched
endgeometry
of beams.
Design philosophy
(1) Continuity of the member about both axes has to be maintained
at the splice.
(2) The applied moment at the splice is resistedby the flange cover
plates.
(3) The applied shear force at the splice is resistedby the web cover
plates.
(4) The appliedaxial direct load in compression or tensionis resisted
equally by the flange cover plates in the case of beams. For col-
umns, the direct load is shared betweenthe flange and the web
cover plates in proportion to their areas.
(5) Additional minor axis bending moment due to lateral torsional
buckling (strut action) should be considered for the design of
splices (reference Appendix C3 of BS5950: Part 1).
422 Structural Steelwork
FLAME PLATE FLAIVE COVER
I I I
L PLATE
it
-H-
F.
PLATE
--
-U-
-H-
HI I
BEAM END
-BEAM END PLATE PLATE
(FLUSH OR EXTENDED)
FLA.AVE COLUMN
PLATE END PLATE
WEB
PLATE
Ff=
MN
Compressive forces are positive.
M= moment about the major axis at the splice
= applied betweencentroids of
h distance flanges
Connectionsin Steelwork 423
FUME COVER PLATE
WEB PLATE
!LAM.E
OF FLAJJE
ELEVATION FLAAVE COVER
PLATE
slrrlON
Mmax / ?lfS,
\. PE
where ,a== Perry factor=O.OOla(A A0) 0
Robertson constant= 5.5 (use Table 27(c) of BS5950:
Part 1)
424 Structural Steelwork
_______ .1 / I I
OF SPLICE
0! !LA)VE AT SPLICE
PLAN VIEW
A0 = 0.24/
V PY
=
where E modulus of elasticity of steel
The maximum strut action bending moment occurs at the mid-
point between lateral restraints along the length of the beam or
column. The splice may not be at the point of maximum bending
moment due to applied loading.
The minor axis bending moment due to strut action at any other
point in the beam, assuming sinusoidal distribution,is given by:
Mmax,x = sin(180L/L)
where L, =length along the beam or column to a point of interest
from the nearest lateral restraint
L =length along the beam or column between adjacent
points of lateral restraint
Connections in Steelwork 425
Interaction formula for flange plates
+<
Mf
M
Aepy
Ff
1
u
P1
2
SECTION f-f
L>1
PLAN VIEW OF FLAM.E PLATE
(
r SPLICE
4,ith bolt
___ I __ ( 4
Mf(
x -
( Ii x)1
Y YI
Of BOLT CR01/F OF BOLT GROUP
I LEFT Of SPLICE RJCHT 01 SPLICE
-
N
F.o(f E
IDAB ON Wi BOLT
o a
F,
Fifiet weld
Two steel faces may be joined by a fillet weld which normally has a
triangular cross-section. The strength of the weld depends on the
throat thickness which is a multiple of the leg length. The effec-
tive throat thickness varies with the angle between the surfaces of
steel joined together. When the angle between the surfaces to be
joined is less than 600 or more than 120 then ifilet welds are not
permitted.
Ls
SK 9/24 Effective throat thicknessof fillet welds.
JT
PARTiALPENETRATiONBurl' WELD
WITHSUPERIMPOSEDFILLET
(Above 12mmleglengthq/fillet
weld usethis opsion)
THROAT
:'
THICKNESS
Undercut
This defect occurs when insufficient weld metal is incorporated. The
specification should lay down the limits of undercut acceptable.
LyL
SK 9/27 Exampleof undercut weld.
Incomplete penetration
This happenswhen the electrode is too large for the geometry of the
joint or the wrong welding angle is used, or if there is insufficient
current or inadequate backgouging of a root run back to sound
weld metal.
Slag inclusions
This defectis the result ofnon-metallic particles from the flux getting
trapped in the weld in multipasswelding operations. The flux must
be removedcarefully to avoid this problem.
Porosity
The trapping of gas in the weld metal gives rise to this defect.
Lack of fusion
Runs of weld may not fully fuse with the parent metal because of
incorrectweldingpractice.
Visual checks
accuracy of fit-up
cleanliness of parts to be welded
preparation
examinationofvisible cracks
interpass cleanliness
final weld geometry
432 Structural Steelwork
Dye penetrantinspection (DPi)
The size and extent of cracks can be found by applyinga liquid
dye on the surface, which then penetrates the cracks. The cracks
are then made visible by the use of a developer.
Look for signs of leakagethrough the weld on the oppositeside.
Magnetic particle inspection (MPI)
This involves the detection of surface and subsurface cracks in
ferro-magnetic materialsby magnetising the specimen and applying
fine ironparticles. These particles are drawninto the cracks because
of the formation of secondarymagnetic poles at the crack faces.
Ultrasonic flaw detection (UFD)
With this technique, flaws are detected by applying ultrasonic
pulses from a transmitterprobe (frequency range 15 MHz) which
are then pickedup by a receiving probe. The pulsesare deflected at
points where discontinuities exist.
Radiography
This method of detection of flaws, cracks and cavities involves
projecting X-rays through the specimen on to film.
g R r L a g R r L a
36 3 35 6
58 8
816 10
__ri__
H Jt
_H_
Open square butt weld Open squarebutt weld with plate
uN
Jt
g R r L a g R r L a
512 2 1 60 >10 6 0 45
>12 2 2 60 >10 10 0 200
a
a
I I
g R r L a g R r L a
>12 3 2 600 >12 3 2 60
g R r L a g R r L a
>20 0 5 5 200 >40 0 5 5 20
No
_JRIL
Single U-butt weld Double U-butt weld
g R r L a g R r L a
>20 0 5 5 5 20 >40 0 5 5 5 20
g R r L a g R r L a
512 3 1 45 >12 3 2 45
>12 3 2 45
43 215N/mm2 215N/mm2
50 215NJmm2 255N/mm2
55 255N/mm2
I,; Y
b/2
rmaz
I
a/2 a,2
FLANCE
Y
ELEVATION OF
OF WELD CROUP
WELD CROUP
=2[+b() ]mm3
Ip = polar moment of inertia of the weld group
=Ixx+Iyy
Zp = polar modulus of the weld group
=mm 2
Tm =maximumdistanceto a pointon the weld from the centroid of
the weld group
=/a2 +b2mm
436 Structural Steelwork
'P
zp,y=7
BEAM SPLICE
SIt'TIOIJ A-A
I M N -T
2
LobTo
FM
[D0T0
Nc
2
== = t
}
SK 9/31 Columnbeam welded connectionshowing load transfer.
<tc+2rc+7[lTc
LTb PybJ
<Bb and B
where t==root radiusofof
thickness column web
column section
T =thickness of column flange
Tb =thickness of beam flange
Pyc =design strength of the column
=design strength of the beam
Pyb
=width of beam flange
Bb
B =width of column flange
The tensioncapacityof the flange at the connection P and the flange
tension T are given by:
= BeffTbpyb
T=M/(Db- Tb)+N/2
where M=applied moment at the connection
N=applied direct tension
Db= overall depth of beam
Check P
T and
Use column flange stiffeners if these conditions are not satisfied.
Note: The tension stiffener in the column flange in line with the beam
flange should be of the same width and thickness as the beam flange
and should be of the same grade of material.
Check column web at the connection
P = local tension capacity of column web
Pyctc[Tb +2s + 5(T+ rj]
s= leg length of fillet weld
assuming dispersionof load to the web at 1: 2.5 vertically along the
web (see SK 9/32).
Check P T
Use tension stiffener if this condition is not satisfied.
2.5(r +)
7.
e
1 fi")
(Zeg Length of
2.5(T *r)
1:2.5
-COLUMN FLAAVE
1IAMETER OF HOLE = 1)
//'
d" =depth of web from the notch to the bottom fastener hole
Ah = tensile area of web from the innermostvertical line of fastener
holes to the edge of the web along a horizontal line
= (a 2.5D)t
The factor 2.5 comes from experimental observations.
a= distance from the innermost vertical line of fastener holes to the
edge of the web
D= diameter of holes for fasteners
Method 2 (As per Steel Designer's Manual, 5th edn, published by
Blackwell Science)
= block shear capacity
O.6py(O.9A've) + O.SPyAhe
Ace =effective vertical shear area ofwebfrom the notch to the bottom
fastener hole
= KeAcn Ac
A' =net vertical shear area of web from the notch to the bottom
fastener hole
= td" nDt
Acg = gross vertical shear area of web from the notch to the bottom
fastener hole
,1"
tw14
=
Ahe effective tensile area ofweb from the innermostvertical line of
fastener holes to the edge of the web along a horizontal line
=(a n'D)t
=number of fastener holes along a horizontal line from the
innermost line of fasteners to the edge of the web.
> w(a2
0.3b2)
444 StructuralSteelwork
PROJIX7IOR
E
/ )
___ - O.9D)
Fixed bases transfer moment, shear and direct loads to the founda-
tion. Pinned bases transfer only direct load and shear force. It is
difficult to achieve a pinned connection at the base with full rotational
freedom. Most bases exhibit a certain degree of fixity. The fixed bases
are used in industrial structures with cantilevercolumns and portal
frames with largehorizontalloads. Again, full fixityis very difficult to
achieve because the foundationis not infinit4y rigid rotationally.For
most structures the concept ofa fixed and pithed base in the analysis
still remains validprovidedthat the designer takes adequatecare in the
design of the connection of the structure to the foundation and
reproduces as closely as possible the assumptionsmadein the analyses.
Connectionsin Steelwork 445
Assume the XX and YY axes lie along the centre-lines of the
column section (see SK 9/36).
= the larger side of the assumed trapezoidalcontact pressuredia-
gram under the base plate.
A'2 = the smaller side of the assumed trapezoidal contact pressure
diagram under the base plate
D=length of base plate along the XXaxis
B=width of base plate along the YY axis
PINNELJ BASE
FIXED BASE - NO SIJIFENERS
II II
II
II II
4.4 . :
['TTTT'. T'":L --
,,,,-r,,,,,,,,,,,,,-
,
- -- ,.7;
SK 9/35 (contd)
T,
r 72 -- . \Mz
I'
z I C
JO4f
7, F
7ZEDIACRAM
a
M =(>1T)a+O.4fCUBX2(1)2X2)
+
O.4fCUB(A'l
Takingmomentsaboutthe XXaxis:
X2) ( 2 (X1
X2))
(93)
M = O.4fB(X;
2 (94)
)
Thereare four unknown parameters (i.e. C, > T, X1 and X2) and
there are four equationsto solve for them.
Note: For base plates subject to uniaxial moment M about the major axis
YYand direct load N, the same equations apply but substitute X
for X1 and X2 (i.e. X=X1 =X2).
=O.4fB ENmm
448 Structural Steelwork
0.4 /
I_
inc
M-"
I1
iLc,IL,J
-,
4::::::
MI7JIiD
-2
ML7IflD -3
SK 9/37 Analysisofbase plate.
Connections in Steelwork 449
m= effective overhangofbase plate on the compressionside
=L0.8s
L =actual overhangof base plate on the compression side (see
SK 9/37)
s =leg length of weld
Mrc =maximum moment of resistanceof the base plate: should be as
per Clause 4.13.2.3 of BS5950: Part 1
= l.2pZ
=design strength of base plate (limited to 270 N/mm2 for cal-
culation of strength)
Z= elastic modulus of base plate along the axis of moment M
=Bt
= thickness of base plate
Cheek M Mrc
The base plate is designed on the basis of cantileveroverhangL.
L
Thereare three different methodsto checkifthe overhang produces
the maximum stress in the base plate.
Method 1 (See SK 9/37): The hatched area of the total contact pres-
suresurfacemay be ignoredin the force equilibrium calculations. The
design of the base plate is based on the overhangL1.
Method2 (See SK 9/37): The overhangL2may be used to determine
the bendingmoment in the base plate ifL2> L1 and also L3 > L1.
Method3 (See SK 9/37): A central stiffener may be used where
L2 < 2L1. The analysis of the base plate may be based on a canti-
lever overhang of L3 or L1, whichever is the greater.
I4. Lci
-
LA J11#JZ
--
,,,
1
B #IJJhIIIIIJ1J'I
1.1 A AifliA
.tI'I'#F #HFtFFfl'.F
Note: The bolt capacities in Table 9.6 do not include the prying effect, as in
Table 32 of BS 5950: Part 1. These are enhanced capacities,including
a material factor of 1.25 and a reduction factor of 0.9, to allow for
the effects of thread stripping.
The punching shear perimeter is at 1.5 times the depth of effective
embedment from the sides of the anchor plate, as shown in SK 9/39.
This perimeteris adjusted to suit the locationof the bolt in relation
to the edge of the concretefoundation, as also shown in SK 9/39. If
the shear perimeter zones of two adjacent bolts overlap, then
consider the two bolts together as a group.
f
The punchingshear stress at the effective perimeter is given by:
T
Crout
/ of boLt
Bsq
elf 'I PLAN AT U/S OF PLATE
___ L.J
SK 9/39 Details of typical holding-down bolts and anchor plates shong
punchingshear perimetersin the concrete embedment.
452 Structural Steelwork
I I 1.51
1.SL
Edge of 1.51
concrete
Jbundatwn
_________
- SHIAR PEWER
B 1.51, FOR A BOLT NEAR AN EDGE
_
1.51
Edge of
concrete
iI
JblLndaiton B
f.5L
B 1.51
1
PJMHJM SHEAR PERIMI7ER
FOR A BOLT NEAR A CORNER 1.51 B S<1.5L B 1.51
Ft1MHLW. SHEAR PERIMEfER
FOR A GROUP OF BOLTS
SK 9/39 (contd)
f
is based on an average bearing stress of 12N/mm2 on the concrete.
A minimum grade of concrete with =30N/mm2 is assumed for
this purpose.
Table9.7 Anchor plates for singleholding-down (HD) bolts.
General rules
(1) Do not use holding-downbolts to transfer shear force to the
foundation if they are cast in sleeves.
(2) Do not use friction to transfer shear force to the foundation in
cases of high shear forcesandalternatingdynamicloads. Transfer
ofshear forces by friction must only be allowed in the cases where
the coefficient of friction used can be guaranteedby tests and the
contact pressureis also guaranteed,as in the case of prestressed
anchor bolts.
(3) It is always prudent to transfer shear forces to the foundation in
important structures by using shear keys. The shear keys are
welded to the bottom ofthe column base plate and cast in a pocket
in the foundation.
(4) Fully cast-in bolts with no tolerance for erection of columns
should normally be avoidedbut,ifused, may be reliedon to resist
shear forces by dowel action. These bolts are designed for
combinedtension and shear. The bearing stress on the concrete
should be checked assuming the shear is transferredto the top of
the concretein a depth equal to three times the diameter of the
holding-downbolt.
454 Structural Steelwork
9.5.8 Rulesto determine trial size of base plate
AMLES 125x75x8
Steel is Grade 50 for the roof truss and the gusset plate.
Bolts are Grade 8.8.
Diameter of bolt is M20 in clearance holes.
Thickness of gusset plate is 12mm between the pair of angles.
The tensile load of 800 kN is assumedto act along the centroidalaxis
of the two angles placed back to back.
Step I Determine capacity ofbolt
Effective area of M20 bolts =tensile area= 245mm2, assuming that
threads can appear in the shear plane.
= shear capacity of bolt in double shear= 2pA
=2x 375x245x 103=183.7kN
Pbb= bearing capacityof bolt= dtpbb
=20x 12x 1035x 103=248.4kN
Pbs= bearing capacity of connected ply =dtp5 etpbs
e=end distance=4Omm=2d
Pb=2OX 12x550x 103=132kN
of bolt= 132kN
capacity
I
- - r I
25
30f 4OJfiO
30 30
I
SK 9/41 Distributionof shear in the group of bolts.
Zx Ip 41000
25
=1640mm
Ip 41000 =455.5mm
90
= shear in the X-direction due to in-plane moment
22880 1.0
4 kN
1640
fmy= shear in the Y-direction due to in-plane moment
22880
502kN
455.5
J'= shear in the X-direction due to direct axial load
== lOOkN
The results of the analysisof a roof truss in Example 3.1 have been
used to demonstratethe procedure. The calculations shown are for
onejoint in the roof truss (see SK 9/43).
Steel is Grade 43.
Strength of electrode to BS 639 is E43.
Design strength of fillet weld is 215 N/mm2.
23kN 37k11
COMPRESSION TENSION
AAVLE 60x60x5
50x50x5
76.2 J16
89x76x8 STR(K7URALTEE
Member 19
The force on the run of fillet weld at the heel of the angle
=31
x9=22.3kN
Length of 3mm run of weld required at the heel of the angle
22.3 = 49mm
0.451
Available length of weld at the heel is greater than 49mm.
See SK 9/44
Use M24 bolts of Grade 8.8.
Size of main beam= UB 914 x 305 x 201 kg/rn
Size of secondary beams
=UB610x229x 140kg/rn: end shear=825kN (right)
and = UB457 x 152 x 82kg/rn: end shear= 400kN (left)
Assumed size of fin plates= 12 x 160 x 420 (right)
and = 12 x 100 x 340 (left)
Assume steel is Grade 50 for all materialsincluding fin plates.
t= l2mm<0.5d=12
Connections in Steelwork 459
UB 610x229x140
UB 457x152x82
400kN 825k11
Ip
137000
160
137000 =
=856.3mm
4566.7mm
30
=vertical shear in bolt due to direct shear= = 82.5 kN
fmx =horizontal shear in bolt due to in-plane moment
M 66000
856.3
=vertical shear in bolt due to in-plane moment
M 66000
145kN
Z, 4566.7
Resultantmaximum shear in bolts at the extreme corner of the group
= ,/(fv +fmy)2 +f = J(82.5 + 14.5)2 + 772
= 124kN<132kN
of bolts has adequate capacity.
Thearrangement
Connections in Steetwork 461
Step 4 Determine shear capacityofnotched beams
UB457x 152 x 82kg/rn
Method 1
P.,,= 0.6pA or 0.5UsAv net (whichever is the smaller)
A=ktd'
= thickness of web = 10.7mm
k=0.9
d' = total depth after notches= 465.1 40=425.1mm
A,,=0.9 x 10.7 x 425.1 4093 7mm2
i0
P == 0.6x 4093.7 x 355 x = 872kN
A,,, nDt
n = number of bolts in one vertical line = 4
D = diameter of clearance hole= 26mm
Av,net =4093.7 (4 X 26 X 10.7) = 2980.9mm2
... P, = i0
= 0.5 x 490 x 2980.9 x = 730kN
The shear capacity of the notched beam by method 1 = 730kN
Method 2
Pv =0.6p,(0.9A)
=
Ave KcAvn Avg
A,,,= td' nDt=(10.7
X
x 425.1)(4 x 26 x 10.7)=3435.8mm2
Avg 10.7 425.1=4548.6mm2
K= 1.1 (as per Clause 3.3.3 ofBS5950: Part 1)
KA,,,=1.1 x 3435.8=3779.4<4548.6
= 0.6 x 355 x 0.9 x 3779.4 x i0 = 724.5kN
The shear capacity of the notched beam by method 2
= 724.5kN>400kN
The notched beam has adequate shear capacity.
Use the same procedureto carry out the shear capacitycheck of the
notched UB610x229x 140.
Step 5 Determine block shear capacity ofnotched beam
UB6JO x 229 x 140
Method I
F,= block shear capacity=0.6pA +0.5USAh
A=t,,,,d"= x 370=4847mm2
13.1
Ah=(a2.5D)t=(1OO[2.5x 26])x 13.1=458.5mm2
P = 1145kN>825kN
=(0.6 x 355 x 4847 x 10)+ (0.5 x 490 x 458.5 x 10)
Method2
P == 0.6P(0.9Ac) +O.5pyAh
KeA'vn
A,,g
= td" nDt = (13.1 x 370) (5 x 26 x 13.1) = 3144nMn2
Acg td" 4847mm2
= =
Ac= 1.1 x3144=3458.4mm2<4847mm2
Ahe K(a n'D)t = 1.1 x (100 [2 x 26]) x 13.1 = 692mm2
P=(0.6 x 355 x 0.9 x 3458.4 x 10)+(0.5 x 355 x 692 x 10)
=786kN<825kN
462 Structural Steelwork
40
610x229x140
= 136.9mm
13.1
577.2
22.
'89L
r 153.5 230.1
[JR 457x152x82 [JR 610x229x140
.WOIVHED NO2VHE.D
=
(
+
x 10.7 x
18.9
406.23)
x
+(10.7 x 406.2 x 85.12)
x 153.5 x 127.452)
153.5)+(18.9
= 138.45 x 106 mm4(moment of inertia about neutral axis)
138.45 x 106
ZflMfl = = 480396mm
425.1 136.9
Moment capacity of the section at the notch
=pZ=355 x480396x106=170.5kNm
Appliedmoment at the section
=400x 156x 103=62.4kNm<17O.5kNm
Length of the notch is 156mm(see SK 9/44)
Use the same procedure to check the moment capacity at the notch
ofUB6lOx229x 140.
WEB 01 UB 914x305x201
Kg/m
825kN
= x = 0.897kN/mm
Total local shear force per unit depth of main beam
= 0.541+ 0.897= 1.438 kN/mm<2.914kN/mm
The main beam has adequate local shear capacity.
9.6.4 Example 9.4: Beam-to-beam connection using double angle web cleats
UB 457x152x82
610x229x140
FLAIICE
70 CLEAR BOLTS
Ip 283150
=11326mm
25
WEB OF UB 914x305x201-
I4))
SK 9/49 Bolt arrangementin web cleat connection ofsecondarybeams to
main beam.
113
AWLE CLEAT
/ 50
o-
70
70
70
70
- 70
70
-s
40
Step 9 Check shear capacity of the leg of the angle cleat connecting to the
main beam
This check is similar to the check in Step 4.
(LB 457x152x82
ILAIVE
(JR 6/0x229x140
UB 914x305x20
FLAW VIEW
_40- 120 40
1
40 120
I
1
40
40
-
-
-
)
)
(
(
..
. 40
70
70
- ) (
70
- ) (
70
.4, , 1 :___
,
70
- 70
.
\ ) (
- ) ( .
70
- ) (
70
- ) (
70
40
' t1 1
70
40
I
720k)J
I200kN
SK 9/52 Arrangementofbolts at end plate SK 9/53 Arrangementofbolts at end plate
of UB457 x 152 x 82. ofUIB6lOx229x 140.
COMPRESSION
FJT1E1i7jjI
STIFFENER
M24 GRADE 8.8
BOLTS LW CLEARAE
HOLES
t,
df 24/ 19.1mm
Step 2 Determine equivalent bending moment considering the direct axial load
The horizontal componentNe of the direct tension N and shear V 15
given by:
F = Ncos 15 + Vsin 15 = lOOcos15 + 3SOsin15 = 187.2kN
h=950_!2 cosl5
46020=711.8mm
The equivalent moment Mm is given by:
Mm = M+Fh = 1000+(187.2 x 0.7118) = ll33kNm
The equivalent vertical shear force at the connection F is given by:
F = Vcos 15 Nsin15 = 35Ocos15 lOOsin 15 = 312.2kN
CO1L1M)
120
50 L
too L J!J 2
'0L i4
100
100111111 _____ P.OJ5
304.8 J
r=l6.51/97
SK 9/56 Geometryof column flange.
Mode 1 failure
Refer to Table 9.2 to find Leff for different types of possible yield
lines in the flange. The following Leff calculations are for a pair of
bolts in each row.
(1) Circular yielding, pattern 1 failure:
Leff271fl2X irX 40.8 =256.4mm
(2) Side yielding, pattern 2 failure:
Lff=4m+ 1.25e=278.7mm
(3) Corner yielding, pattern 3 failure:
Leff2m+0.625e+ex 189.4mm
(4) Combined five rows, pattern 9 failure:
Leff2m+ex+0.625e+4p589rfl1fl
476 Structural Steelwork
By inspection, Leff=589mm for 2 x 5 bolts gives rise to minimum
potential resistance P. for each bolt in rows 1 to 5. For rows 1 to 5
combined, Pr is given by:
Mp=LeffLpy_X589X1X345X103=1933kN
Fri = Pr2 = Pr3 = Pr4 = p15 = = 193.3 kN perbolt
Mode 2 failure
Combinedfive rows, pattern 9 yielding of ten bolts in mode 2 type
failure gives the potential resistance of the group as:
2Mp+(>P)n
m+n
19.72
2 589 198 x 40 x
( x_-__x345)+(10x 103) x i-
40.8+40
= 1468kN
Potential resistance per bolt = 146.8kN
Mode 3 failure
Potential resistance per bolt =P = 198kN
Mode 4 failure (failure of colunm web in tension)
Assume that a pair ofbolts at the top of the columnis trying to tear
off the flange from the web.
40 120 40
FdW1
50 ROW2
ROWS
ROW4
100
ROW 5
UP 457x191x82
400
ROW 6
100
ROW7
100
50
6060
m=0.8s= 5086.4=35.6mm
= the smaller of e and 1.25m=44.5mm
478 Structural Steelwork
By inspection the minimum Leff for pattern 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 yield lines
is given by:
Leff= 100mm
Mp = Leff
Py = 100 x x 345 x 1O = 3450 kNmm
Mode 1 failure
Fri ==45350387.6kN
F11 = 0.5 x 387.6 = 193.8kN per bolt on row 1
Mode 2failure
>Pr1 =
2Mp+n(>P)
,n+n
YIELD LINE
50
L ROW I: P 153.0kW
100
I
ROW 2: 142.3kW
too
- ROW 3 : P= 142.3kW
100
- ROW 4: Pr 142.3kW
100
YIELD LINE
Mode 2failure
2Mp + n(E P) (2 x 18789) + (40>< 8 x 198)
>2 m+n 48.65+40
= 1138.6kN(for eight bolts)
Potentialresistanceofeach bolt in rows 2 to 5 = 1138.68 = 142.3 kN
Mode 3failure
Potential resistance per bolt= P = 198 kN
Mode 4failure (beam web tension failure)
Spacing of bolts =p= 100mm
Beam web tension resistance per pair of bolts
=100x9.9x355x 103=351.4kN
Potential resistanceper bolt=351.4 2 = 175.7 kN
Potentialmaximum resistance ofbolt in rows 2 to 5 = 142.3kN
COLUMN
146.8LV
2 coLumn flange)
142.31W
2 beam end jate)
ROILJ 3 142.3kM
(mode2 beam end pLate)
Row 4 : 142.311
(mode 2 beam end pLate)
Row 5 142.3kM
(mode 2 beam end pLate)
lie
Bolt row 4:
Potential resistance = 142.3 kN; Beam end plate failure Mode 2
Bolt row 5:
Potential resistance = 142.3 kN; Beam end plate failure Mode 2
Assume that the bolts in rows 6 and 7 are in the shear zone and do
not contribute towards the moment of resistance of the connection.
The point ofrotation is assumed to lie at the connection ofthe end
plate to the bottom flange of the haunch.
Assuming that all bolts reach their potential resistance, the
moment of resistance of the connection M is given by:
M=> = (2 x 146.8x 1) + [2 x 142.3x (0.9 + 0.8 + 0.7 + 0.6)]
= 1147.4kNm
M > Mm = ll33kNm
Someadjustment ofthe bolt tensionsis necessary forequilibrium.
Assume that bolts in rows I to 4 reach their potential capacities
but the tension in bolts in row 5 only is adjusted to achieveequi-
librium.
M for bolts in rows 1 to 4 = (2 x 146.8 x 1)
x 142.3 x (0.9+0.8+0.7)]
= 976.6
Mm 976.6 = 156.4kNm
Connections in Steelwork 481
Bolts in row 5 have to provide this 156.4kNm moment of resistance
for equilibrium.
Fr5 =actual tension in row 5= 156.40.6=260.6kN
actual tension in bolts in row 5=260.62 = 130.3kN
Fri = 146.8kN per bolt
F12= Fr3 = Fr4 = 142.3kN per bolt
Fr5 130.3kN per bolt
The horizontal compression F at the connection of the bottom
flange of the haunch to the end plate is given by:
= >F +F (see Step 2)
=(2x 146.8)+(2x3x 142.3)+(2x 130.3)187.2
= 1220.8kN
Step 5 Check shear capacityofconnection
A = tensile stress area of M24 bolt= 353mm
= shear capacityof bolt= 353 x 375 x i0 = 132 kN
Pbb= bearing capacity of bolt= dtpbb
=24x 19.7x 1035x 103=489kN
Pbs = bearing capacity of connected ply = dip55 etpbs
=24x 19.7x550x 103=260kN
e= end distance in the direction of load =50mm > 2d=48 mm
The capacityof the bolt in shear is 132kN. The shear capacityof the
connection P is given by:
Pv =fltP't'+flcP
where n== number of bolts in the tension zone= 10
number of bolts in the shear zone =4
P=0.4P5=0.4x 132=52.8kN
P=P5= 132kN
P =(10x52.8)+(4x132)=1056kN>F=312.2kN
The shear capacity of the connection is adequate.
P=O.8F=Ap
A = area of the contact surface
18mmC0RNERJ1 i '-1I
304.
L1
609.6
- 1''
STIFFENER
t288
j(20x11.9)
238
(20x11.9)
E=
V Pys
= 1 (because Pys = design strength of stiffener =275 N/mm2)
484 Structural Steelwork
=
V
/J
A=
/19.82 x 106
V 10664.4
= 43.1mm
Leff effective
length of the effective section of the stiffener
= 0.7(D 2T)=0.7 x [609.6(2 x 19.7)]=399.1mm
Aeff= effective slenderness ratio
L399.1
Teff 43.1
Using this slenderness ratio and design strength p,= 265N/mm2,
p
obtain from Table 27(c) of BS 5950: Part 1.
Pc= 265N/mm2
Buckling resistance PcAeffPc 10961.9 X 265 X iO
=2905kN>F
Bearing strength F,, = Ap+ (b1 + n2)tp
= (4100 x 265 x 103)+ 1077 (see Step 6)
=2163.5kN>F
The column compression stiffener fitted as 2 x 100 x 25 in Grade 43
steel has adequate capacity.
707
1.4 1.4
Step 1 Findflangeforces
Ff = flange force at splice
=h+2=O5232+2=+4323and 332.3kN
Step 2 Check capacityofflange in tension
Assume M20 HSFG bolts in 22mm diameter clearance holes.
Assumetwo holes in a row perpendicularto the axis of the beam.
Effective area of flange = Ae =KeAn
Aepy4292X265X 1O31137kN>332.3kN
Connections in Steelwork 487
Step 3 Determine size offlange cover plate
Assume Grade 43 cover plate for the flange.
The effective area required for the cover plate is given by
Ff 432.3 x
= =1631mm 2
265
PE
= Perry factor= 0.00la(A A0) ( 0
a= Robertsonconstant= 5.5
A= slendernessratio =
x 205X 10 =
17
Ao=O.2!EiE=O.2x V7T
=0.001 x 5.5 x (12017)=0.5665
=compressive stress due to axial compressive force
= 100x103 = 6.4 N/mm 2
155.8
=
S, minor axisplasticmodulusof beam section=500.6cm3
PE =Euler buckling strength
ir2E ir2x205x103
A2 1202
=144).5N/mm2
4E0 60
I
75 75
b,
75 60
/,PLAN
FLAME OF
ViEW OF
BEAM
BEAM
UB 533x210x122
SfJON 1-1
= 12 x x 12 x 22 x
2002)_kx(2
x275
502)]
= l837OkNmm
Check interaction formula for flange cover plate:
Ff Mf 432.3 x i03 432 =
+
2246 x 275 18370
0.72<1
= 432.3
= Ff .
54kN in the X-direction
n 8
375
CE)ITROJJi OF GROUP OF
BOLT LEJ7 OF CEJ7RI
OF SPLICE
= 300 x 60 x 90 = lOOkN
2x902
III
LI
III iii
I I
RI) Rfl Rfl gl)
60 f
90
90 240xfOx3OO LONG
YEB PLATE
60
I I I I
SOOkN SOOkIl
UC 254x254x89
COVER PLATE
UC 254x254x132
=+Nf=01+515=926orlO4kN
It is assumed that the horizontalshear at the splice is carried by the
web cover plates.
254x254x89
850
=[(X2oX2s&)_X(2X2oX26X9o2)]X345X1o_3
=48625 kNmm
Check interaction formula for flange plate:
Ff Mf 926x io 11391
Jp 193500
=2150mm
90
193500
Zy Ip
150
=1290mm
IOOIN
lOOk)!
UC 254x254x132
Step 8 Check resultant shear in bolts in web cover plates (see 5K 9/68)
(See SK 9/68) Use four M24 HSFG bolts.
Capacity of bolt= slip resistanceof M24 in double shear= 204kN
(see Step 6)
Bearing capacity in each 10mm web plate = etp
=(50 x lOx 1065 x l0-)/3
= 177.5kN> 102kN bolt capacity in single shear
Momentdue to eccentricity ofhorizontalshear on the groupof bolts
=100 x 50=S000kNmm
Vertical shear in each bolt due to this moment=5000 90= 55.6 kN
Vertical shear in each bolt due to axial load =2702= 135kN
Horizontal shear in each bolt due to shear force= 1002=50 kN
Resultantshearin bolt= /(135 + 55.6)2+ 5Q2 = 197kN<204kN
The arrangementof bolts in the web cover plates is adequate.
9.6.9 Example 9.9: Design of a column base
Loading condition:
Bending moment about the major axis = 750kNm
Axial direct compression
=2500kN maximum and 450kN minimum
Size of column=UC356 x 368 x 202 kg/rn Grade 50 steel
Assume grade of concrete in foundation=30N/mm2
75
300 COLUMN
356x368x202 UC
300
750x750
BASIPLATE
75
1430 - GRADE 8.8
COLUMN
SK 9/69 Columnbaseplateconnection.
Step 2 Determine the concrete stress block and the tension in holding-down
(HD) bolts
Load case 1
N=2500kN
M=750kNm
M 750 x i03 =300mm
Checke=--= 2500
> D2 N = 0.82500x103 =
x 30 x 750 236mm
0.8fB
HD bolts will be in tension in load case 1.
C= ultimate contact reaction of concrete rectangular stress
block of
depth X
= 0.4fBX=0.4 x 30 x 750X= 9000X
T=sum of tension in all HD bolts in tension
>T+N=C,or T+(2500x 103)=9000X
Taking moments about the centre of the column:
-
M=
O.4fBX(' X)( T)a
750 x 106 = x 30 x x
[0.4 isox(7502 X)] +[( T) 300]
498 Structural Steelwork
OF COLUMN
& BASEPLATE
-.
a=300
/12.5 lumn
356x368x202 UC
- .. 1875
= 96.5 = 7 01Mm
____ _____
N=
or =
-
OOkN
5O1N
__________ -
1__
II I
Omm Fillet
e 50 (Trial
tthickness)
____ .
675
II1 A
ET I
I
O.4f
- I Concrete stress
1/2 1/2
p
Select 60mm thick base plate in Grade 50 steel.
Z =450000 mm3; = 270N/mm2 for base plates in Grade 50
= 1.2 x 270 x 450000 x 10-6= 145.8kNm> 132.36kNm
Step 4 Carry out tension-side analysis ofbase plate
mt =effective overhang of base plate on the tension side
=L 0.8s= 112.5 16 = 96.5mm
L =actual overhangofbase plate from centre ofthe bolt to the face
of the column
= 187.575=112.5mm
M =bending moment in base plate on the tension side
=(> T)m = 1045 x 0.0965 = 100.84kNm < 145.8 kNm
The 60mm thick base plate has adequate moment of resistance.
501
502 Structural Steelwork
10.3 TYPES OF COATING
U,,
SK 11/1 Stress/strain
curves of tensile
specimens of different
grades of steel. STRAIN
A
11111
B
11111 liii V
wkN/,n
77
L L L L
l -
- -
lB8 lB8
Mx Men
MaterialProperties 507
M12 14 18 30 30 84 113
M16 18 22 40 40 157 201
M20 22 26 50 50 245 314
M22 24 28 55 55 303 380
M24 26 32 60 60 353 452
M27 30 37 67 68 459 573
M30 33 40 75 75 561 707
Note: The throat thickness in full penetration butt weld is the thickness of con-
nected plies.
The throat thicknessfor partial penetration butt weld is the minimum depth of
penetration, which is depth ofpenetration minus 3mm for V- or bevel welds.
Partial penetration butt weld with superimposedfillet weld should be designed as
describedin Section9.2.1.
MaterialProperties 509
Boltdata and capacities.
Capacities ofwelds.
Buttwelds
E43 electrode Grade 43 steel E51 electrode Grade 50 steel E5l electrode Grade55 steel
@ 215N/mm2 @ 255N/mm2 @275N/mm2
Plate Shear capacity Tension or Shearcapacity Tension or Shearcapacity Tension or
thickness compresssion compression compression
t capacity capacity capacity
(mm) (kN/mm) (kN/mm) (kN/mm) (kN/mm) (kN/mm) (kN/mm)
3 0.495 0.825 0.639 1.065 0.810 1.350
4 0.660 1.100 0.852 1.420 1.080 1.800
5 0.825 1.375 1.065 1.775 1.350 2.250
6 0.990 1.650 1.278 2.130 1.620 2.700
8 1.320 2.200 1.704 2.840 2.160 3.600
10 1.650 2.750 2.130 3.550 2.700 4.500
12 1.980 3.300 2.556 4.260 3.240 5.400
15 2.475 4.125 3.195 5.325 4.050 6.750
18 2.862 4.770 3.726 6.210 4.644 7.740
20 3.180 5.300 4.140 6.900 5.160 8.600
22 3.498 5.830 4.554 7.590 5.676 9.460
25 3.975 6.625 5.175 8.625 6.450 10.750
UNIVERSAL BEAMS p
To BS 4: Part1:1993
t1016x305x487 4870 1036.1 308-5 30-0 54-1 30-0 867-8 285 290 1020400 26720
'1016 a305 x438 4380 1025-9 3054 269 49-0 300 8680 3-12 32-3 908900 23440
t1016x3055393 393-0 1016.0 3030 24-4 439 30-0 868-2 3-45 357 806600 20490
tlO16x305x349 349-0 1008-1 3020 21-1 40-0 30-0 8680 378 41-2 722100 18460
t1016x305x314 3140 1000-0 3000 19-1 35-9 30-0 868-2 4-18 456 643200 16230
t1016x305x272 2720 990-1 3000 16-5 31-0 30-0 868-0 4-84 52-7 552900 14000
t1016x305x249 2490 980-2 300-0 16-5 260 300 8680 5-77 52-7 480300 11750
1016x305x222 2220 970-3 3000 16-0 21-1 30-0 8678 7-11 54-4 406900 9544
914x419x388 3880 9210 420-5 21-4 366 241 799-6 574 37-4 719600 45440
914x419x343 343-3 9118 418-5 19-4 320 241 799-6 654 41-2 625800 39160
914x305x289 289-1 926-6 307-7 19-5 320 19-1 824-4 4-81 42-3 504200 15600
914x305x253 253-4 9184 305-5 17-3 27-9 19-1 8244 5-47 47-7 436300 13300
914x305x224 2242 910-4 304-1 15-9 23-9 19-1 824-4 6-36 51-8 376400 11240
914x305x201 200-9 9030 303-3 15-1 20-2 19-1 8244 7-51 54-6 325300 9423
838a292a226 226-5 850-9 293-8 16-1 26-8 17-8 7617 5-48 47-3 339700 11360
838x292x194 193-8 840-7 2924 147 217 178 7617 6-74 51-8 279200 9066
838x292x176 175-9 834-9 2917 14-0 18-8 178 761-7 776 54-4 246000 7799
762x267x 197 1968 769-8 268-0 15-6 254 16-5 686-0 5-28 440 240000 8175
762x267x173 173-0 762-2 266-7 14-3 216 16-5 686-0 6-17 48-0 206300 6850
762x267x147 146-9 754-0 265-2 12-8 175 165 686-0 7-58 536 168500 5455
762x267x134 133-9 750-0 264-4 12-0 155 16-5 686-0 6.53 57-2 150700 4788
686x254x170 170-2 692-9 255-8 14-5 23-7 15-2 615-1 5-40 42-4 170300 6630
686x254x152 152-4 687-5 254-5 13-2 21-0 15-2 615-1 606 46-6 150400 5784
686x254x140 140-1 683-5 253-7 12-4 19-0 15-2 615-1 6-68 49-6 136300 5183
686x254x125 125-2 6779 253-0 11-7 16-2 152 615-1 7-81 52-6 118000 4383
610x305x238 2381 635-8 311-4 18-4 31-4 16-5 5400 496 29-3 209500 15840
610x305x179 179-0 620-2 307-1 14-1 23-6 16-5 540-0 6-51 38-3 153000 11410
610x305x149 149-1 612-4 304-8 118 19-7 16-5 540-0 7-74 45-8 125900 9308
610x229x140 139-9 617-2 230-2 13-1 221 12-7 547-6 5-21 418 111800 4505
610x229x125 125-1 612-2 229-0 11-9 19-6 12-7 547-6 5-84 48-0 98610 3932
610x229x113 113-0 607-6 228-2 111 17-3 127 547-6 6-60 49-3 87320 3434
610x229x 101 101-2 602-6 227-6 10-5 14-8 12-7 547-6 7-69 52-2 75780 2915
533x210x 122 122-0 544-5 211-9 12-7 213 12-7 476-5 4-97 37-5 76040 3388
533x210x 109 109-0 539-5 210-8 11-6 188 12-7 476-5 5-61 411 66820 2943
533x210x 101 101-0 536-7 210-0 10-8 17-4 127 476-5 6-03 44-1 61520 2692
533x210x 92 921 5331 209-3 10-1 15-6 12-7 4765 6-71 47-2 55230 2389
533x210x 82 82-2 528-3 208-8 9-6 13-2 12-7 476-5 791 49-6 47540 2007
457x191x 98 983 467-2 192-8 11-4 196 10-2 407-6 4-92 35-8 45730 2347
451x 191 a 89 89-3 463-4 191-9 10-5 177 10-2 407-6 5-42 38-8 41020 2089
457a191 a 82 82-0 460-0 191-3 9-9 160 10-2 4076 5-98 41-2 37050 1871
457x191a 74 74-3 457-0 190-4 9-0 14-5 10-2 407-6 6-57 45-3 33320 1671
457x191x 67 67-1 453-4 189-9 8-5 12-7 10-2 407-6 7-48 48-0 29380 1452
UNIVERSAL BEAMS y
ToBS4:Partl:1993
38-2 9-59 15630 2161 17670 3341 0-885 28-7 88-9 1734 494 3880 914x419x388
37-8 046 13730 1871 15480 2890 0-883 30-1 758 1193 437 343-3 914x419x343
370 6.51 10880 1014 12570 1601 0867 319 312 926 368 289.1 914x305x289
36-8 6-42 9501 871 10940 1371 0866 36-2 26-4 626 323 253-4 914x305x253
36-3 6.27 8269 739 9535 1163 0861 413 221 422 286 2242 914x305x224
35-7 6-07 7204 621 8351 982 0-854 468 184 291 256 200-9 914x305x201
34-3 6.27 7965 773 9155 1212 0870 35-0 19.3 514 289 226.5 838x292x226
33-6 6-06 6641 620 7640 974 0862 41-6 152 306 247 193.8 638x292x 194
33.1 5-90 5893 535 6808 842 0-856 46-5 13-0 221 224 175.9 638x292x 176
30-9 5-71 6234 810 7176 959 0-869 33-2 11-3 404 251 196-8 762x287x 197
30-5 558 5387 514 6198 607 0864 38-1 939 267 220 173-0 762x267x 173
30-0 5-40 4470 411 5156 647 0858 45-2 740 159 187 146-9 762x267x 147
29-7 5-30 4018 362 4844 570 0854 49-8 646 119 171 133-9 762x287x134
28-0 5-53 4916 518 5631 811 0-872 31-8 742 308 217 170.2 686x254x 170
27-8 5-46 4374 455 5000 710 0-871 35-5 642 220 194 1524 086x254x 152
27-6 5-39 3987 409 4558 638 0-888 38-7 572 169 178 140.1 686x254x 140
27-2 5-24 3481 346 3994 542 0-862 43-9 480 116 159 1252 686x254x 125
263 723 6589 1017 7486 1574 0886 213 145 875 303 2381 610x305x238
25-9 7-07 4935 743 5647 1144 0-886 27-7 102 340 228 1790 610x305x179
257 7-00 4111 611 4594 937 0-886 32-7 817 200 190 149.1 610x305x149
25-0 5-03 3622 391 4142 611 0-875 30-8 399 216 178 139.9 610x229x140
24-9 4-97 3221 343 3676 535 0-873 341 3-45 154 159 125.1 510x229x125
24-6 4-88 2874 301 3281 469 0-870 38-0 2-99 111 144 113.0 610x229x113
24-2 4-75 2515 256 2881 400 0-864 43-1 252 77-0 129 101.2 610x229x 101
22-1 4-67 2793 320 3196 500 0-877 27-6 2-32 178 155 122.0 533x210x122
21-9 460 2477 279 2828 436 0-875 30-9 1-99 126 139 109.0 533x210x109
219 457 2292 256 2612 399 0-874 332 181 101 129 101.0 533x210x101
217 451 2072 228 2360 356 0872 365 160 757 117 921 533x210x92
213 4-38 1800 192 2059 300 0-864 41-6 133 515 105 822 533x210x82
191 4-33 1957 243 2232 379 0-881 257 118 121 125 983 457x191x98
19-0 4-29 1770 218 2014 338 0-880 28-3 1-04 90-7 114 89-3 457x 191x89
188 4-23 1611 198 1831 304 0-877 30-9 0-922 69-2 104 82-0 457x191x82
188 4-20 1458 178 1653 272 0-877 339 0-818 51-8 946 743 457x 191x14
18-5 4-12 1296 153 1471 237 0-872 37-9 0-705 371 855 671 457x 191x67
512 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.4 (contd)
UNIVERSAL BEAMS I B
To BS4: Parti: 1993
Dd
H_T h.-b
metre Section Section Web Flange Radius fillets Flange Web Axis Axis
D B t T r d b/r 4 X-X y-y
457x152x82 821 4658 1553 10-5 18-9 10-2 407-6 4-11 38-8 36590 1185
457x152x74 74-2 482-0 1544 9-6 17-0 10-2 407-6 4-54 42-5 32670 1047
457x152x67 672 4580 153-8 9-0 15-0 10-2 407-6 5-13 45-3 28930 913
457x152x60 598 454-6 1529 81 133 102 4076 5-75 503 25500 795
457x152x52 52-3 449-8 152-4 7-6 10-9 10-2 4076 699 53-6 21370 645
406x178x74 742 412-8 179-5 95 160 10-2 360-4 5-61 37-9 27310 1545
406x178x67 67-1 409-4 1788 8-8 14-3 10-2 360-4 625 41-0 24330 1365
406x178x60 60-1 406-4 1779 7-9 12-8 10-2 360-4 695 456 21600 1203
406x178x54 54-1 402-6 177-7 7-7 109 102 360-4 8-15 468 18720 1021
406x140x46 46-0 403-2 1422 68 11-2 102 360-4 6-35 53-0 15690 538
406x140x39 39-0 398-0 141-8 64 8-6 10-2 360-4 8-24 56-3 12510 410
356x 171 x67 67-1 363-4 173-2 9-1 15-7 10-2 311-6 5-52 34-2 19460 1362
356x171 x57 57-0 3580 172-2 8-1 13-0 10-2 311-6 6-62 38-5 16040 1108
356x171 x51 51-0 3550 171-5 7-4 11-5 10-2 311-6 7-46 42-1 14140 968
356x171 x45 45-0 351-4 171-1 7-0 9-7 10-2 311-6 8-82 44-5 12070 811
356x127x39 39-1 3534 126-0 6-6 10-7 10-2 311-6 5-89 47-2 10170 358
356x127x33 33-1 349-0 125-4 6-0 8-5 10-2 311-6 7-38 51-9 8249 280
305x165x54 54-0 310-4 1669 7-9 13-7 8-9 265-2 6-09 33-6 11700 1063
305x165x46 46-1 306-6 165-7 6-7 11-8 8-9 265-2 7-02 39-6 9899 896
305x165x40 403 303-4 165-0 6-0 10-2 8-9 265-2 8-09 44-2 8503 764
305x127x48 4-8-1 311-0 125-3 9-0 14-0 8-9 265-2 4-47 29-5 9575 461
305x127x42 41-9 307-2 124-3 8-0 12-1 8-9 265-2 5-14 33-2 8196 389
305x127x37 37-0 304-4 123-3 7-1 10-7 8-9 265-2 5-77 37-4 7171 336
305x102x33 32-8 312-7 102-4 6-6 10-8 7-6 275-9 4-74 41-8 6501 194
305x102x28 28-2 308-7 101-8 6-0 8-8 7-6 275-9 5-78 46-0 5366 155
305x102x25 24-8 305-1 101-6 5-8 7-0 7-6 275-9 7-26 47-6 4455 123
254x146x43 43-0 259-6 147-3 7-2 12-7 7-6 219-0 5-80 30-4 6544 677
254x146x37 37-0 256-0 146-4 6-3 10-9 7-6 219-0 6-72 34-8 5537 571
254x146x31 31-1 251-4 146-1 6-0 8-6 7-6 219-0 8-49 36-5 4413 448
254x102x28 28-3 260-4 102-2 6-3 10-0 7-6 225-2 5-11 35-7 4005 179
254x102x25 25-2 257-2 101-9 6-0 8-4 7-6 225-2 6-07 37-5 3415 149
254x102x22 22-0 254-0 101-6 5-7 6-8 7-6 225-2 7-47 39-5 2841 119
203x133x30 30-0 206-8 133-9 6-4 9-6 7-6 172-4 6-97 26-9 2896 385
203x133x25 25-1 203-2 133-2 5-7 7-8 7-6 172-4 8-54 30-2 2340 308
203x102x23 23-1 203-2 101-8 5-4 9-3 7-6 169-4 5-47 31-4 2105 164
178x102x19 19-0 177-8 101-2 4-8 7-9 7-6 146-8 6-41 30-6 1356 137
152x 89x16 16-0 152-4 88-7 4-5 7-7 7-6 121-8 5-76 27-1 634 89-8
127x 76x13 13-0 127-0 76-0 4-0 7-6 7-6 96-6 5-00 24-1 473 55-7
MaterialProperties 513
Table 11.4 (contd)
UNIVERSAL BEAMS
ToBS4:Partl:1993
UNIVERSAL COLUMNS B I
ToBS4:Partl:1993 TI
.1
Lb
Ratiosfor SecondMoment
Mass
Depth
of
Width
ol
Thickness
of
Web
Thickness
of Root
Radius
Depth
between
Fillets
Lnl Buckling
Web Axis
ofArea
Axis
per metre Section Section Flange Flange
Designation
0 B f T r d bIT d YY
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm1 cm'
kg/rn
'356x406x634 633.9 474.6 424.0 47.6 77.0 15.2 290.2 2.75 6.10 274800 98130
355x406x551 551.0 455.6 418.5 42.1 67.5 15.2 290.2 3.10 6.89 226900 82670
356x406x467 467.0 436.6 412.2 35.8 58.0 15.2 290.2 3.55 8.11 183000 67830
356x406x393 393.0 419.0 407.0 30.6 49.2 15.2 290.2 4.14 9.46 146600 55370
356x406x340 339.9 406.4 403.0 26.6 42.9 15.2 290.2 4.70 10.9 122500 46850
356x406x287 287.1 393.6 399.0 22.6 36.5 15.2 290.2 5.47 12.8 99880 38680
356x406x235 235.1 381.0 394.8 18.4 30.2 15.2 290.2 6.54 15.8 79080 30990
356x368x202 201.9 374.6 374.7 16.5 27.0 15.2 290.2 6.94 17.6 66260 23690
356x368x177 177.0 368.2 372.6 14.4 23.8 15.2 290.2 7.83 20.2 57120 20530
356 x368 x153 152.9 362.0 370.5 12.3 20.7 15.2 290.2 8.95 23.6 48590 17550
356x368x129 129.0 355.6 368.6 10.4 17.5 15.2 290.2 10.5 27.9 40250 14610
305x305x233 282.9 365.3 322.2 26.8 44.1 15.2 246.7 3.65 9.21 78870 24630
305x305x240 240.0 352.5 3184 23.0 37.7 15.2 246.7 4.22 10.7 64200 20310
305x305x198 198.1 339.9 314.5 19.1 31.4 15.2 246.7 5.01 12.9 50900 16300
305x305x158 158.1 327.1 311.2 15.8 25.0 15.2 246.7 6.22 15.6 38750 12570
305x305x137 136.9 320.5 309.2 13.8 21.7 15.2 246.7 7.12 17.9 32610 10700
305x305x118 117.9 314.5 307.4 12.0 18.7 15.2 246.7 8.22 20.6 27670 9059
305x305x97 96.9 307.9 305.3 9.9 15.4 15.2 246.7 9.91 24.9 22250 7308
254x254x167 167.1 289.1 265.2 19.2 31.7 12.7 200.3 4.18 10.4 30000 9870
254x254x132 132.0 276.3 261.3 15.3 25.3 12.7 200.3 5.16 13.1 22530 7531
254x254x107 107.1 266.7 258.8 12.8 20.5 12.7 200.3 6.31 15.6 17510 5928
254x254x09 88.9 260.3 256.3 10.3 17.3 12.7 200.3 7.41 19.4 14270 4857
254x254x73 73.1 254.1 254.6 8.6 14.2 12.7 200.3 8.96 23.3 11410 3908
203x203x86 86.1 222.2 209.1 12.7 20.5 10.2 160.8 5.10 12.7 9449 3127
203x203x71 71.0 215.8 206.4 10.0 17.3 10.2 160.8 5.97 16.1 7618 2537
21J3x203x60 60.0 209.6 205.8 9.4 14.2 10.2 160.8 7.25 17.1 6125 2065
203 x 203 x 52 52.0 206.2 204.3 7.9 12.5 10.2 160.8 8.17 20.4 5259 1778
203x203x46 46.1 203.2 203.6 7.2 11.0 10.2 160.8 9.25 22.3 4568 1548
152x152x37 37.0 161.8 154.4 8.0 11.5 7.6 123.6 6.71 15.4 2210 706
152x152x30 30.0 157.6 152.9 6.5 9.4 7.6 123.6 8.13 19.0 1748 560
152x152x23 23.0 152.4 152.2 5.8 6.8 7.6 123.6 11.2 21.3 1250 400
Discusswith supplier.
MaterialProperties 515
Table 11.4 (contd)
UNIVERSAL COLUMNS
To BS4: Parti: 1993
Radius at . .
Gyration Elastic Modulus Plastic Modulus Buckling Torsional Warping Torsional Area
Parameter Index Constant Constant xl Mass
Axis Axis Axis Axis Axis Axis Section per metre Designation
0-0 y-y x-u y-y x-u y-y u x H J
cm cm cm' cm' cm3 cm' dm' cm' rio' kg/rn
18.4 11.0 11580 4629 14240 7108 0.843 5.46 38.8 13720 808 633.9 3561406x 634
18.0 10.9 9962 3951 12080 6058 0.841 6.05 31.1 9240 702 551 0 35614061551
17.5 10.7 8383 3291 10000 5034 0.839 6.86 24.3 5809 595 467.0 356x406x467
17.1 10.5 6998 2721 8222 4154 0.837 7.86 18.9 3545 501 3930 356x406x 393
16.8 10.4 6031 2325 6999 3544 0.836 8.85 15.5 2343 433 339,9 356x406x340
16.5 10.3 5075 1939 5812 2949 0.835 10.2 12.3 1441 366 287 1 356 x406 x 287
16.3 10.2 4151 1570 4687 2383 0.834 12.1 9.54 812 299 235.1 356 x406 a 235
16.1 9.60 3538 1264 3972 1920 0.844 13.4 7.16 558 257 201.9 356x368x202
15.9 9.54 3103 1102 3455 1671 0.844 15.0 6.09 381 226 177.0 356 a 368 xlii
15.8 9.49 2684 948 2965 1435 0.844 17.0 5.11 251 195 152.9 356x368a153
15.6 9.43 2264 793 2479 1199 0.844 19.9 4.18 153 164 129.0 356x368x129
14.8 8.27 4318 1529 5105 2342 0.855 7.65 6.35 2034 360 2829 305 a3051283
14.5 8.15 3643 1276 4247 1951 0.854 8.74 503 1271 306 2400 305x305x240
14.2 8.04 2995 1037 3440 1581 0854 10.2 3.88 734 252 1981 305x305x198
13.9 7.90 2369 808 2680 1230 0.851 12.5 2.87 378 201 158.1 305 a305x 158
13.7 7.83 2048 692 2297 1053 0.851 14.2 2.39 249 174 136.9 305x305x137
13.6 7.77 1760 589 1958 895 0.850 16.2 198 161 150 117.9 305x305x 118
13.4 7.69 1445 479 1592 726 0.850 19.3 1.56 91 2 123 96.9 305 a305 a 97
11.9 6.81 2075 744 2424 1137 0.851 849 163 626 213 167.1 254x254x167
11.6 6.69 1631 576 1869 878 0.850 10.3 1.19 319 168 132.0 254x254x132
11.3 6.59 1313 458 1484 697 0.848 12.4 0.898 172 136 107.1 25412541107
11.2 6.55 1096 379 1224 575 0.850 14.5 0.717 102 113 889 254x254x89
11.1 648 898 307 992 465 0.849 17.3 0.562 57.6 93.1 73.1 254x254x73
9.28 5.34 850 299 977 456 0.850 10.2 0.318 137 110 86.1 2031203x86
9.18 5.30 706 246 799 374 0.853 11 9 0.250 802 904 71.0 2031203171
8.96 5.20 584 201 656 305 0.846 14.1 0197 47.2 76.4 600 203x203x60
8.91 5.18 510 174 567 264 0.848 15,8 0.167 31 8 66.3 52.0 203 a203152
8.82 5.13 450 152 497 231 0.847 177 0.143 222 587 46.1 I
203 203146
6.85 3.87 273 91.5 309 140 0.848 13.3 00399 19.2 47.1 370 1521152 37 I
6.76 3.83 222 73.3 248 112 0.849 16.0 0.0308 10.5 383 30.0 1521152130
6.54 3.70 164 52.6 182 80.2 0.840 20.7 0.0212 4.63 29.2 230 1521152123
516 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.4 (contd)
mm mm mm mm mm mm cm4 am4
kg/rn
356x368x114 173.9 361.4 378.5 20.3 20.4 15.2 290.2 9.28 14.3 51010 18460
152.0 356.4 376.0 17.8 17.9 15.2 290.2 10.5 16.3 43970 15880
356x368x152
356x368x133 133.0 352.0 373.8 15.6 15.7 15.2 290.2 11.9 18.6 37980 13680
356x368x109 108.9 346.4 371.0 12.8 12.9 15.2 290.2 14.4 22.7 30630 10990
222.9 337.9 325.7 30.3 30.4 15.2 246.7 5.36 8.14 52700 17580
305x305x223
305x305x186 186.0 328.3 320.9 25.5 25.6 15.2 246.7 6.27 9.67 42610 14140
305x305x149 149.1 318.5 316.0 20.6 20.7 15.2 246.7 7.63 12.0 33070 10910
305x305x126 126.1 312.3 312.9 17.5 17.6 15.2 246.7 8.89 14.1 27410 9002
305 x305 x110 110.0 307.9 310.7 15.3 15.4 15.2 246.7 10.1 16.1 23560 7709
13.3 15.2 246.7 11.6 18.5 20040 6529
305x305x95 94.9 303.7 308.7 13.3
305x305x88 88.0 301.7 307.8 12.4 12.3 15.2 246.7 12.5 19.9 18420 5984
305x305x79 78.9 299.3 306.4 11.0 11.1 15.2 246.7 13.8 22.4 16440 5326
254x254x85 85.1 254.3 260.4 14.4 14.3 12.7 200.3 9.10 13.9 12280 4215
254x254x71 71.0 249.7 258.0 12.0 12.0 12.7 200.3 10.8 16.7 10070 3439
254 x254 x 63 63.0 247.1 256.6 10.6 10.7 12.7 200.3 12.0 18.9 8860 3016
203x203x54 53.9 204.0 207.7 11.3 11.4 10.2 160.8 9.11 14.2 5027 1705
203 x203 x 45 44.9 200.2 205.9 9.5 9.5 10.2 160.8 10.8 16.9 4100 1384
Material Properties 517
Table 11.4 (contd)
Radiusof . . .
Elastic Modulus Plastic Modulus Buckling Torsional Warping Torsional Area
Gyration
Parameter Index Constant Constant of Mass
Axis Axis Axis Axis Axis Axis Section permetre Designation
n-s y-y s-s y-y x-x y-y u x H J
cm cm cm3 cm3 cm3 cm3 dm cnl cm2 ku/ni
15.2 9.13 2823 976 3186 1497 0.821 15.8 5.37 330 221 173.9 356 a368 a 174
15.1 9.05 2468 845 2767 1293 0.821 17.8 4.55 223 194 152.0 356x368x152
15.0 8.99 2158 732 2406 1119 0.822 20.1 3.87 151 169 133.0 356x368x133
14.9 8.90 1769 592 1956 903 0.823 24.2 3.05 84.6 139 108.9 356x368x 109
13.6 7.87 3119 1079 3653 1680 0.826 9.55 4.15 943 284 222.9 305x305x223
13.4 7.73 2596 881 3003 1366 0.827 11.1 324 560 237 186.0 305x305x186
13.2 7.58 2076 691 2370 1066 0.828 13.5 2.42 295 190 149.1 305 a305 a 149
13.1 7.49 1755 575 1986 885 0.829 15.7 1.95 182 161 126.1 305x305x126
13.0 7.42 1531 496 1720 762 0.830 17.7 1.65 122 140 110.0 305x305x110
12.9 7.35 1320 423 1474 648 0.830 20.2 1.38 80.0 121 94.9 305x305x95
12.8 7.31 1221 389 1360 595 0.830 21.6 1.25 64.2 112 88.0 305x305x88
12.8 7.28 1099 348 1218 531 0.832 23.9 1.11 46.9 100 78.9 305x305x79
10.6 6.24 966 324 1092 498 0.825 15.6 0.607 81.8 108 85.1 254x254x85
10.6 6.17 807 267 904 409 0.826 18.4 0.486 48.4 90.4 71.0 254x254x71
10.5 6.13 717 235 799 360 0.827 20.5 0.421 34.3 80.2 63.0 254 a254 a63
8.55 4.98 493 164 557 252 0.827 15.8 0.158 32.7 68.7 53.9 203x203x54
8.46 4.92 410 134 459 206 0.827 18.6 0.126 19.2 57.2 44.9 203a203x45
518 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.4 (contd)
JOISTS
To BS4: Part1:1993
1
I
Inside slope 8
fB---
I
T
Designation
Mass
per
metre
Depth
of
Section
Width
of
Section
Web
.
Thickness
Flange
Distance
of
Radios
Root
.
Depth
between
Fillets
Ratiostsr local
Flange
buckling
Web
SecondMoment
ofArea
Axis Axis
D B r T Cy r1 d bIT din YY
-
kg/rn mm mm mm mm cm mm mrs cm4 cm4
430a100x54 64.4 430 100 11.0 19.0 2.62 15 362 5.26 32.9 21940 722
380 a100a54 54.0 380 100 9.5 17.5 2.79 15 315 5.71 33.2 15030 643
300 a 100 a46 45.5 300 100 9.0 16.5 3.05 15 237 6.06 26.3 8229 568
300 a 90 a 41 41.4 300 90 9.0 15.5 2.60 12 245 5.81 27.2 7218 404
260 a 90 a 35 34.8 260 90 8.0 14.0 2.74 12 208 6.43 26.0 4728 353
260x75x28 27.6 260 75 7.0 12.0 2.10 12 212 6.25 30.3 3619 185
230 a 90 a 32 32.2 230 90 7.5 14.0 2.92 12 178 6.43 23.7 3518 334
230x75x26 25.7 230 75 6.5 12.5 2,30 12 181 6.00 27.8 2748 181
200 a 90 a 30 29.7 200 90 7.0 14.0 3.12 12 148 6.43 21.1 2523 314
200 a 75 a23 23.4 200 75 6.0 12.5 2.48 12 151 6.00 25.2 1963 170
180 iSO a26 26.1 180 90 6.5 12.5 3.17 12 131 7.20 20.2 1817 277
180 a75 a20 20.3 180 75 6.0 10.5 2.41 12 135 7.14 22.5 1370 146
150x90x24 23.9 150 90 6.5 12.0 3.30 12 102 7.50 15.7 1162 253
150 a75a 18 17.9 150 75 5.5 10.0 2.58 12 106 7.50 19.3 861 131
125 a65a 15 14.8 125 65 5.5 9.5 2.25 12 82 6.84 14.9 483 80.0
lOOx5OxlO 10.2 100 50 5.0 8.5 1.73 9 65 5.88 13.0 208 32.3
Material Properties 519
Table 11.4 (contd)
JOISTS
To BS4: Parti: 1993
--
41.5 13.6 487 22.4 0.852 7.22 0.000595 4.59 16.2 12.8 76x76 a13
y
x- -x
PARALLEL FLANGE CHANNELS
=
y
Radius of . .
astic mu u us astic mo UUS Torsional Torsional Area of Mass
Gyration Buckling Warping
Parameter Index constant constant Section per Designation
Axis Aids Axis Aids Axis Axs rnntre
5-0 y-y a-a y.y yy u x H J A
16.3 2.97 1020 97.9 1222 176 0.917 22.5 0.219 63.0 82.1 64.4 430 x100x64
14.8 3.06 791 89.2 933 161 0.932 21.2 0.150 45.7 68.7 54.0 380x100x54
11.9 3.13 549 81.7 641 148 0.944 17.0 0.0813 36.8 58.0 45.5 300x 100x46
11.7 2.77 481 63.1 568 114 0.934 18.4 0.0581 28.8 52.7 41.4 300x90x41
10.3 2.82 364 56.3 425 102 0.942 17.2 0.0379 20.6 44.4 34.8 260x 90x35
10.1 2.30 278 34.4 328 62.0 0.932 20.5 0.0203 11.7 35.1 27.6 260x75x28
9.27 2.86 306 55.0 355 98.9 0.950 15.1 0.0279 19.3 41.0 32.2 230x 90x32
9.17 2.35 239 34.8 278 63.2 0.947 17.3 0.0153 11.8 32.7 25.7 230x75x26
8.16 2.88 252 53.4 291 94.5 0.954 12.9 0.0197 18.3 37.9 29.7 200x90 x30
8.11 2.39 196 33.8 227 60.6 0.956 14.6 0.0107 11.1 29.9 23.4 200x75x23
7.40 2.89 202 47.4 232 83.5 0.949 12.8 0.0141 13.3 33.2 26.1 180x90x26
7.27 2.38 152 28.8 176 51.8 0.946 15.3 0.00754 7.34 25.9 20.3 180 a75a20
6.18 2.89 155 44.4 179 76.9 0.936 10.8 0.00890 11.8 30.4 23.9 150x90 x24
6.15 2.40 115 26.6 132 47.2 0.946 13.1 0.00467 6.10 22.8 17.9 150 a75a18
5.07 2.06 77.3 18.8 89.9 33.2 0.942 11.1 0.00194 4.72 18.8 14.8 125x65 x15
4.00 1.58 41.5 9.89 48.9 17.5 0.942 10.0 0.000491 2.53 13.0 10.2 100x50 a10
520 StructuralSteelwork
Table 11.4 (contd)
EQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part 4:1972
\\
/ // \V
U
Radius
Distance
Area ofcentre
Designation Massper Root Toe of 01 gravity
metre r1 r2. Section CxandC'
kglm mrs mm cm2 cm
EQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part4:1972
UNEQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part 4:1972
xr1
/
U
r1 r2 Cx Cy
kg/rn mm mm cm2 cm cm
UNEQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part 4:1972
I
SecondMomeotofArea Radiation ofGyration EloaticModalea
Ama Ama Ama Ama koo Ama Ama Ama Ama Ama
0-a a-a v-n a-a a-a x-x Deai nation
y-y y-y y-y y-y
Maa. Mm. Max. Mm.
cm4 cm4 cm4 cm4 cm cm cm cm cm3 cm3
2390 1155 2922 623 6.30 4.38 6.97 3.22 175 104 200x150x18
2037 989 2495 531 6.34 4.42 7.02 3.24 148 87.8 2001150115
1667 812 2045 435 6.38 4.46 7.07 120
3.26 71.4 2001150112
1772 303 1879 197 6.41 2.65 6.60 2.13 138 39.0 200x100x15
1454 252 1544 162 6.45 2.68 6.65 2.15 112 31.9 200x100x12
1233 215 1310 138 6.48 2.70 6.68 2.17 94.5 26.9 2001100110
764 207 844 127 4.74 2.47 4.99 1.93 78.0 30.6 150190 a 15
630 172 698 105 4.78 2.50 5.03 1.95 63.6 25.0 150190112
536 147 595 89.1 4.81 2.52 5.06 1.96 53.6 21.2 150190110
715 120 756 79.2 4.75 1.95 4.89 1.58 75.5 21.1 150175115
591 100 626 65.2 4.79 4.93
1.98 1.59 61.6 17.3 150175112
503 86.3 534 55.7 4.82 2.00 4.96 1.60 52.0 14.7 150175110
355 96.0 392 58.8 3.95 2.06 4.15 1.61 43.4 17.0 125175112
303 82.5 336 50.2 3.98 2.08 4.19 1.62 36.7 14.4 1251751 10
249 68.1 275 41.2 4.00 2.10 4.21 1.63 29.7 11.7 12517518
189 90.3 230 49.5 3.10 2.14 3.42 1.59 28.1 16.5 100x75x12
162 77.7 198 42.2 3.12 2.16 3.45 1.60 23.8 14.0 100175110
133 64.2 163 34.7 3.15 2.18 3.48 1.61 193 11.4 100x75x8
154 51.1 175 30.2 3.14 1.81 3.35 1.39 23.2 10.5 100165110
127 42.3 145 24.9 3.17 1.83 3.38 1.40 18.9 8.6 10016518
113 37.7 128 22.1 3.18 1.84 3.39 1.41 16.6 7.6 10016517
524 Structural Steelwork
Table11.4 (contd)
T
STRUCTURAL TEES SPLIT FROM UNIVERSAL BEAMS
To BS4: Part1:1993
Properties have been calculated assuming that there is no lossot material due to splitting.
1 F
254x343x63 62.6 686*254*125 253.0 338.9 11.7 16.2 15.2 29.0 7.81 8.8
3051305190 89.5 610 x305s179 307.1 310.0 14.1 23.6 16.5 22.0 6.51 6.7
305z305x15 74.6 610*305*149 304.8 306.1 11.8 191 16.5 25.9 7.74 6.4
I
229 305110 69.9 610 x229* 140 230.2 308.5 13.1 22.1 12.7 23.5 5.21 7.6
2291 305 x63 62.5 610*229*125 229.0 306.0 11.9 19.6 12.7 25.7 5.84 7.5
2291305151 56.5 610 x229* 113 228.2 303.7 11.1 17.3 12.7 27.4 6.60 7.6
2291305151 50.6 610 x229* 101 227.6 301.2 10.5 14.8 12.7 28.7 7.69 7.8
2101 261x61 61.0 533 x210s122 211.9 272.2 12.7 21.3 12.7 21.4 4.97 6.7
2101261155 54.5 533 x210*109 210.8 269.7 11.6 18.8 12.7 23.2 5.61 6.6
2101261151 50.5 533 x210*101 210.0 268.3 10.8 17.4 12.7 24.8 6.03 6.5
210x261x46 46.1 533x210x92 209.3 266.5 10.1 15.6 12.7 26.4 6.71 6.5
210x261x41 41.1 533x210n82 208.8 264.1 9.6 13.2 12.7 27.5 7.91 6.7
191 1229149 49.2 457*191*98 192.8 233.5 11.4 19.6 10.2 20.5 4.92 5.5
191 1229145 44.6 457*191*89 191.9 231.6 10.5 17.7 10.2 22.1 5.42 5.5
191 1229141 41.0 457*191*82 191.3 229.9 9.9 16.0 10.2 23.2 5.98 5.5
191 1229131 37.1 457*191*74 190.4 228.4 9.0 14.5 10.2 25.4 6.57 5.4
191 1229134 33.6 457*191*67 189.9 226.6 8.5 12.7 10.2 26.7 7.48 5.5
1521229141 41.0 457s 152x82 155.3 232.8 10.5 18.9 10.2 22.2 4.11 6.0
1521229131 37.1 457*152x74 154.4 230.9 9.6 17.0 10.2 24.1 4.54 5.9
1521229134 33.6 457*152*67 153.8 228.9 9.0 15.0 10.2 25.4 5.13 5.9
1521229130 29.9 457*152*60 152.9 227.2 8.1 13.3 10.2 28.0 5.75 5.8
1521229126 26.2 457*152x52 152.4 224.8 7.6 10.9 10.2 29.6 6.99 6.0
SIZES.These pages list the strsctnral tees produced by rotary splitter from British Steel plc's range of sniversal beams. A somber ofthe heasier
secfions cannot be split inthismay but certoin ofthese may be supplied by profile horning. Pleaseseritymith Brihsh Steel.
t
QUALITIES.Tees prosided frombeams 61 o 229andabose can onlyhe supplied ts Grade S275. All Othersizes listed can be supplied in
Grades S355 J2G3andS355 J2G4)Gradeoso published in BSEN 1D 025:1993).
Properties have been calculated assuming that there is no loss of material due to splitting.
SecondMoment Radius
ofArea ofGyration Elastic Modulus Plastic Modulus
Axis
X0
Axis
YY
Axis
03
Aojs
YY
.
loiS Axis
YY
Axis
0-0
Axis
y-y
Buckling Torsional torsional
Parameter loden
u x
Constant
J
Area
A
Designation
Flange Toe
Properties have been calculated assuming that there is noloss ot material due to splitting. H Ft
l78x203x37 37.1 406s 178 x74 179.5 206.3 9.5 16.0 10.2 21.7 5.61 4.8
178x203x34 33.6 406n 178x67 178.8 204.6 8.8 14.3 10.2 23.2 6.25 4.7
178x203x30 30.0 406s 178 x60 177.9 203.1 7.9 12.8 10.2 25.7 6.95 4.6
1781203 x21 27.1 406x 178 x54 177.7 201.2 7.7 10.9 10.2 26.1 8.15 4.8
140x203x23 23.0 406s 140 x46 142.2 201.5 6.8 11.2 10.2 29.6 6.35 5.0
140x203x20 19.5 406s 140s39 141.8 198.9 6.4 8.6 10.2 31.1 8.24 5.3
171 x178x34 33.5 356s 171 s67 173.2 181.6 9.1 15.7 10.2 20.0 5.52 4.0
171 1178129 28.5 356s 171 x57 172.2 178.9 8.1 13.0 10.2 22.1 6.62 4.0
171 x178x26 25.5 356s 171 s51 171.5 177.4 7.4 11.5 10.2 24.0 7.46 3.9
171 1178123 22.5 356s 171 x45 171.1 175.6 7.0 9.7 10.2 25.1 8.82 4.1
1271178120 19.5 356s127s39 126.0 176.6 6.6 10.7 10.2 26.8 5.89 4.4
1271178117 16.5 356s127s33 125.4 174.4 6.0 8.5 10.2 29.1 7.38 4.6
1651152127 27.0 305s165s54 166.9 155.1 7.9 13.7 8.9 19.6 6.09 3.2
1651152123 23.1 305s165s46 165.7 153.2 6.7 11.8 8.9 22.9 7.02 3.1
165x152x20 20.1 305s165s40 165.0 151.6 6.0 10.2 8.9 25.3 8.09 3.0
1271152124 24.0 305s127s48 125.3 155.4 9.0 14.0 8.9 17.3 4.48 3.9
1271152121 21.0 305s127s42 124.3 153.5 8.0 12.1 8.9 19.2 5.14 3.9
1271152119 18.5 305s 127537 123.4 152.1 7.1 107 8.9 21.4 5.77 3.8
1021152117 16.4 305s102s33 102.4 156.3 6.6 108 7.6 23.7 4.74 4.1
1021152114 141 305s102s28 101.8 154.3 6.0 88 7.6 25.7 5.78 4.2
102x152x13 12.4 305s 102x25 101.6 152.5 5.8 70 7.6 26.3 7.26 4.4
1461121122 21.5 254s 146 x43 147.3 129.7 7.2 12.7 7.6 18.0 5.80 2.6
1461127119 18.5 254s 146 x37 146.4 127.9 6.3 10.9 7.6 20.3 6.72 2.6
1461127116 15.6 254s 146 x31 146.1 125.6 6.0 8.6 7.6 20 8.49 2.7
1021121114 14.2 254s102x28 102.2 130.1 6.3 10.0 7.6 207 5.11 3.2
1021127113 126 254s102x25 101.9 128.5 6.0 8.4 p7.6 21 4 6.07 3.3
102x121x11 11.0 254s102x22 101.6 126.9 5.7 6.8 7.6 22.3 7.47 3.5
133x102x15 15.0 203s133x30 133.9 103.3 6.4 9.6 7.6 16.1 6.97 2.1
133x102x13 12.5 203s133x25 133.2 101.5 5.7 7.8 7.6 17.8 8.54 2.1
SIZES.Those pages list the structural tees prodaced byrotarysplitter from British Steel plc's rasge of universalbeams Asomber ofthe heavier
sections cannot be splitinthisway hot cerlaio ofthesemay be sapplied by profile harsisg.Pleaseverifywith British Steel.
QUALITIES.Tees provided frombeams 610v229andabove canonlybe supplied to Grade 5275. All othersizes listed cay be supplied is
GradesS355 J2G3and S355 J2G4 (Gradesas published inBSEN 10025:19931.
SUPPLY. For prices aod delivery times please refer to Brdish Steel.
Material Properties 527
Table 11.4 (contd)
Properties have been calculated assuming thatthere is no loss of material due to splitting.
Second Moment Radius
ofArea xlGyration Elastic Modulus Plastic Modulus
. Buckling Torsional Torsional
Axis Axis Axis Axis AXI5xX Axis Axis Axis Parameter Index Constant Area Designation
s-a y-y xx YY Flange Toe V-A 0-0 y-y u x J A
cm4 cm4 cm cm cm3 cm3 cm3 cm3 cm3 cm0 cm2
1736 773 6.06 4.04 365 109 86.1 194 133 0.555 13.8 31.3 47.2 178 a203 a37
1573 682 6.07 3.99 332 100 76.3 177 118 0.561 15.2 230 42.8 178 a203 a34
1395 602 6.04 3.97 301 89.0 67.6 157 105 0.561 16.9 16.6 38.3 178 a203 a30
1294 511 6.13 3.85 268 84.6 57.5 150 89.1 0.588 19.2 11.5 34.5 178x203x27
1123 269 6.19 3.03 224 74.2 37.8 132 59.1 0.633 19.5 9.49 29.3 1401203 23I
979 205 6.28 2.87 184 67.2 28.9 121 45.4 0.668 23.8 5.33 24.8 1401203120
1154 681 5.20 3.99 288 81.5 78.6 145 121 0.500 12.2 27.8 42.7 171 1178134
986 554 5.21 3.91 248 70.9 64.4 125 99.4 0.515 14.4 16.6 363 171 1178129
882 484 5.21 3.86 224 63.9 56.5 113 87.1 0.521 16.1 11 9 32.4 171 1178126
798 406 5.28 3.76 197 59.1 47.4 104 73.3 0.546 18.4 7.90 28.7 171 a 178a23
728 179 5.41 2.68 164 55.0 28.4 98.1 44.5 0.632 17.6 7.53 24.9 127a178x20
626 140 5.45 2.58 137 48.6 22.3 87.2 35.1 0.655 21.1 4.38 21.1 I
127 178117
642 531 4.32 3.93 200 52.2 63.7 92.8 97.8 0.389 11.8 17.3 34.4 1651152127
536 448 4.27 3.91 174 43.7 54.1 77.1 82.8 0.380 13.6 11.1 294 165x152x23
468 382 4.27 3.86 155 38.6 46.3 67.7 70.9 0.393 15.5 7.35 257 165 1152120
662 231 4.65 2.74 168 57.1 36.8 102 58.0 0.602 11.7 15.8 30.6 1271152124
573 194 4.63 2.70 148 49.9 31.3 88.9 49.2 0.606 13.3 10.5 26.7 1271152121
501 168 4.61 2.67 132 43.8 27.2 77.9 42.7 0.606 14.9 7.36 23.6 1271152119
487 97.1 4.82 2.15 118 42.3 19.0 75.8 30.0 0.656 15.8 6.08 20.9 1021152117
420 77.7 4.84 2.08 100 37.4 15.3 67.5 24.2 0.673 18.7 3.69 179 1021152114
377 61.5 4.88 1.97 85.0 34.8 12.1 63.3 19.4 0.702 21.8 2.37 15.8 1021152113
343 339 3.54 3.52 130 33.2 46.0 59.5 70.5 0.202 10.6 11.9 27.4 1461127022
292 285 3.52 3.48 115 28.5 39.0 50.7 59.7 0.233 12.2 7.65 23.6 1461127119
259 224 3.61 3.36 97.4 26.2 30.6 46.0 47.1 0.376 14.8 4.26 19.8 146 1127116
277 89.3 3.92 2.22 85.5 28.3 17.5 50.4 27.4 0.607 13.8 4,77 18.0 102 a127114
250 74.3 3.95 2.15 75.3 26.2 14.6 46.9 230 0.628 15.8 3.20 16.0 1021127113
223 59.7 3.99 2.06 64.5 24.1 11.7 43.5 18.6 0.656 18.2 2.06 14.0 1021127111
154 192 2.84 3.17 73.1 18.8 28.7 33.5 44.1 5.13 19.1 1331102
131 154 2.86 3.10 62.4 16.2 23.1 28.7 35.5 2.97 16.0 1331102113
indicatesthatnouandaare givenasthere isno possibilityoflateraltorsional bucklingduetobendingabout the u-v aiss becausethe second momentof
areaabout y-yaxis exceedsthe secondmomentotareaabout n-u axis.
528 Structural Steelwork
Table11.4 (contd)
Properties have been calculated assuming thatthere is no loss of material dueto splitting.
-
Mass Section Thickness Radius LocalBuclding
Designation metre
U versa coumn Width
B
Depth
d
Web Flange
T
root
d4 Cx
kg/rn mm mm mm mm mm cm
305 x152 x79 79.0 305x305x 158 311.2 163.5 15.8 25.0 15.2 10.3 6.22 3.0
305 x152 x69 68.5 305 x305 x 137 309.2 160.2 13.8 21.7 15.2 11.6 7.12 2.9
305 x152 x59 58.9 305 x 305 xl18 307.4 157.2 12.0 18.7 15.2 13.1 8.22 2.7
305 x152 x49 48.4 305 x305x97 305.3 153.9 9.9 15.4 15.2 15.5 9.91 2.5
254x127x66 66.0 254x254x132 261.3 138.1 15.3 25.3 12.7 9.03 5.16 2.7
254x 127 x 54 53.5 254 x254x107 258.8 133.3 12.8 20.5 12.7 10.4 6.31 2.4
254x127x45 44.5 254x254x89 256.3 130.1 10.3 17.3 12.7 12.6 7.41 2.2
254x127 x37 36.5 2540254073 254.6 127.0 8.6 14.2 12.7 14.8 8.96 2.0
203 x102 x43 43.0 203x203x86 209.1 111.0 12.7 20.5 10.2 8.74 5.10 2.2
203x102x35 35.5 203x203x71 206.4 107.8 10.0 17.3 10.2 10.8 5.97 2.0
203 x 102 x30 30.0 2030203 X60 205.8 104.7 9.4 14.2 10.2 11.1 7.25 1.9
203x102x26 26.0 203x203x52 204.3 103.0 7.9 12.5 10.2 13.0 8.17 1.7
203x102x23 23.0 203x203x46 203.6 101.5 7.2 11.0 10.2 14.1 9.25 1.7
152 x76x19 18.5 1520152 x37 154.4 80.8 8.0 11.5 7.6 10.1 6.71 1.5
152 x76x15 15.0 152 x 152030 152.9 78.7 6.5 9.4 7.6 12.1 8.13 1.4
152 x76x12 11.5 1520152023 152.2 76.1 5.8 6.8 7.6 13.1 11.2 1.4
SIZES.These pages list the structural tees produced by rotary splitterfromBritish Steel plc's range of universal beams. Anumber of the heavier
sections cannot be split inthiswaybut certain of these maybe supplied byprofileburning Please verify withBritish Steel
QUALITIES.Teesprovided from beams610 x229 andabove can Onlybe supplied to Grade S275. All othersizes listed can be supplied in
Grades S355 J2 G3 and S355 J2 G4 (Gradesaspublished inBSEN 10 0251993),
Properties have been calculated assuming that there is nolossofmaterial due to splitting.
Second Moment Radios
otArea ofGyraAon Elastic Modulus Plastic Modulus
Torsional
Axis Axis Axis Axis 0-0 Axis Axis Axis Constant Area DesiRnation
0-0 Yy 50 YY Flange Toe YY x-x y-y J A
1532 6285 3.90 7.90 503 115 404 225 615 188 101 305x152x79
1286 5350 3.84 7.83 450 97.7 346 188 526 124 87.2 305x152x69
1079 4530 3.79 7.77 401 82.8 295 156 448 80.3 75.1 305x152x59
858 3654 3.73 7.69 343 66.5 239 123 363 45.5 61.7 305x152x49
871 3766 3.22 6.69 323 78.3 288 159 439 159 84.1 254x127x66
676 2964 3.15 6.59 276 62.1 229 122 349 85.9 68.2 254x127x54
524 2429 3.04 6.55 237 48.5 190 94.1 288 51.1 56,7 254x127x45
417 1954 2.99 6.48 204 39.2 153 74.1 233 28.8 46.5 254x127x37
373 1564 2.61 5.34 169 41.9 150 84.6 228 68.1 54.8 203x102x43
280 1269 2.49 5.30 143 31.8 123 63.6 187 40.0 45.2 203x102x36
244 1032 2.53 5.20 129 28.4 100 54.4 153 23.5 38.2 203 x 102 a 30
200 889 2.46 5.18 115 23.4 87.0 44.5 132 15.8 33.1 203x102x26
177 774 2.45 5.13 105 20.9 76.0 39.0 115 11.0 29.4 203x102x23
93.1 353 1.99 3.87 60.7 14.2 45.7 27.1 69.8 9.54 23.5 152x16x19
72.2 280 1.94 3.83 51.4 11.2 36.7 20.9 55.8 5.24 19.1 152x76x15
58.5 200 2.00 3.70 41.9 9.41 26.3 16.9 40.1 2.30 14.6 152x76x12
530 Structural Steelwork
Table11.5 Dimensions for detailing and surface areas.
UNIVERSAL BEAMS I
ToBS4:Partl:1993
End
No acekea
per per twoend
C N n metre tomie faces
mm mm rren m m
1016x305x487 17 150 84 3.20 6.56 0.124
1016x305x438 15 150 78 3.17 7.24 0.111
1016x305x393 14 150 74 3.15 8.00 0.100
1016x305x349 13 152 70 3.13 8.97 0.089
1016x305x314 12 152 66 3.11 9.91 0.080
1016x305x272 10 152 60 3.10 11.4 0.069
1016x305x249 10 152 56 3.08 12.4 0.064
1016x305x222 10 152 52 3.06 13.8 0.056
914x419x388 13 210 62 3.44 8.87 0.0988
914x419x343 12 210 58 3.42 9.95 0.0875
914x305x289 12 156 52 3.01 10.4 0.0737
914x305x253 11 156 48 2.99 11.8 0.0646
914x305x224 10 156 44 2.97 13.3 0.0571
914x305x201 10 156 40 2.96 14.7 0.0512
838x292x226 10 150 46 2.81 12.4 0.0677
838x292x194 9 150 40 2.79 14.4 0.0494
838x292x176 9 150 38 2.78 15.8 0.0448
762x267x197 10 138 42 2.55 13.0 0.0501
762x267x173 9 138 40 2.53 14.6 0.0441
762x267x147 8 138 34 2.51 17.1 0.0374
762x267x134 8 138 32 2.51 18.7 0.0341
686x254x170 9 132 40 2.35 13.8 0.0434
686 x254 x152 9 132 38 2.34 15.4 0.0388
686x254x140 8 132 36 2.33 16.6 0.0357
666x254x125 8 132 32 2.32 18.5 0.0319
610x305x238 11 158 48 2.45 10.3 0.0607
610x305x179 9 158 42 2.41 13.5 0.0456
610x305x149 8 158 38 2.39 16.0 0.0380
610x229x140 9 120 36 2.11 15.1 0.0356
610x229x125 8 120 34 2.09 16.7 0.0319
610x229x113 8 120 30 2.08 18.4 0.0288
610 a229 a101 7 120 28 2.07 20.5 0.0258
533x210x122 8 110 34 1.89 15.5 0.0311
533x210x109 8 110 32 1.88 17.2 0.0278
533x210x101 7 110 32 1.87 18.5 0.0257
533x210x92 7 110 30 1.86 20.2 0.0235
533x210x82 7 110 26 1.85 22.5 0.0209
457x191x98 8 102 30 1.67 16.9 0.0251
457x191 x89 7 102 28 1.66 18.5 0.0228
457x 191 x82 7 102 28 1.65 20.1 0.0209
457x191x74 7 102 26 1.64 22.1 0.0189
457x 191 x67 6 102 24 1.63 24.3 0.0171
UNIVERSAL BEAMS
ToBS4: Parti: 1993
mm mm mm m m2 m'
End
Notch SurfaceArea
Clearance
mm mm mm m2 m2 m2
The dimensionn= (D/2to the nearest2mm above.The dimensionC = +2mm to the nearest1mm.
The dimensionN is basedupon the outstandfromwebface to flange edge + 10mm,to the nearest2mm
aboveand makesdueallowancefor rolling tolerance.
Material Properties 533
Table 11.5 (contd)
JOISTS
To BS4: Parti: 1993
End
Notch Surface Area
mm mm mm a2 m' m1
254x203x82 7 104 44 1.21 14.8 0.021
203x152x52 6 78 36 0.932 17.9 0.013
157 x127 x37 7 66 30 0.737 19.8 0.009
127x114x29 7 60 24 0.646 21.7 0.009
127x114x27 6 60 24 0.650 24.3 0.007
102x102x23 7 54 24 0.549 23.8 0.006
102x44x7 4 28 14 0.350 46.6 0.002
89x89 x 19 7 46 24 0.476 24.6 0.005
76x76x 13 5 42 20 0.411 32.5 0.003
mm mm mm m2 m
430x100x64 13 96 36 1.23 19.0
380x100x54 12 98 34 1.13 20.9
300x100x46 11 98 32 0.969 21.3
300x90x41 11 88 28 0.932 22.5
260x90x35 10 88 28 0.854 24.5
260 x 75x28 9 74 26 0.796 28.8
230x90x32 10 90 28 0.795 24.7
230x75x26 9 76 26 0.737 28.7
200x90x30 9 90 28 0.736 24.8
200 x 75 x 23 8 76 26 0.678 28,9
180x90x26 9 90 26 0697 26.7
180x75x20 8 76 24 0.638 31.4
150590124 9 90 26 0.637 26.7
150x75x18 8 76 24 0.579 324
125x65x15 8 66 22 0.489 33.1
lOOx5OxlO 7 52 18 0.382 37.5
The dimensionNis equalto (Bi)+ 6mm (roundedupto a multipleof 2mm).
The dimensionC is equalto t+ 2mm (roundedupto thenearestmm).
Thedimeneinnnis eniiat th lflthIO1i.kntnthnt hinwn, IfinI nO
534 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.5 (contd)
ii
EQUAL ANGLES
I UNEQUALANGLES
UNIVERSAL BEAMS
To BS4: Parti: 1993
I
Hp/Aratio (rn-1)
Profile Profile Box Box
Designation
1016x305x487
1016x305x438
3sides
45
50
I
4sides
50
55
ill 3sides
40
40
U
4sides
45
50
1016x305x393 55 65 45 55
1016x305x349 65 70 50 60
1016x305x314 70 80 55 65
1016x305x272 80 90 65 75
1016x305x249 90 95 70 80
1016x305x222 95 110 80 90
914x419x388 60 70 45 55
914x419x343 70 80 50 60
914x305x289 75 85 60 65
914x305x253 85 95 65 75
914x305x224 95 105 75 85
914x305x201 105 115 80 95
838x292x226 90 100 70 80
838x292x194 100 115 80 90
838x292x176 110 125 90 100
762x267x197 90 100 70 85
762x267x173 105 115 80 95
762x267x147 120 135 95 110
762x267x134 135 150 105 120
686x254x170 100 110 75 90
686x254x152 110 120 85 95
686x254x140 120 130 90 105
686x254x125 130 150 100 115
610x305x238 70 80 50 65
610x305x179 95 105 70 80
610x305x149 110 125 80 95
610x229x140 105 120 80 95
610x229x125 120 135 90 105
610x229x113 130 145 100 115
610x229x101 145 160 110 130
533x210x122 110 125 85 95
533x210x109 120 135 95 110
533x210x101 130 145 100 115
533x210x92 145 160 110 125
533x210x82 160 180 120 140
457x191x98 120 135 90 105
457x191x89 130 145 100 115
457x191x82 140 160 105 125
457x191x74 155 175 115 135
457x191x67 170 195 130 150
536 Structural Steelwork
Table11.6 (contd)
UNIVERSAL BEAMS
To BS 4: Part 1:1993
Hp/Aratio (m)
I
Protile Profile Box Box
Designation 3 sides
1
4sides
111
3sides
9
4 sides
UNIVERSAL COLUMNS
To B54: Parti: 1993
Hp/Aratio (m1)
2 z
Profile Profile Box Box
LU
Designation 3 sides 4 sides 3 sides 4sides
356x406x634 25 30 15 20
356x406x551 30 35 20 25
356x406x457 35 40 20 30
356x406x393 40 50 25 35
356x405x340 45 55 30 35
356x406x287 55 65 30 45
356x406x235 65 75 40 50
356x368x202 70 85 45 60
356x368x177 80 100 50 65
356x368x153 95 110 55 75
368x368x129 110 130 65 90
305x305x283 45 55 30 40
305x305x240 55 65 35 45
305x305x198 65 75 40 50
305x305x158 75 95 50 65
305x305x131 90 105 55 70
305x305x118 100 120 60 85
305x305x91 120 145 75 100
254x254x167 65 75 40 50
254x254x132 80 95 50 65
254x254x107 95 115 60 75
254x254x89 110 135 70 90
254x254x13 135 160 80 110
203x203x86 95 115 60 80
203x203x71 115 135 70 95
203x203x60 135 160 80 110
203x203x52 150 185 95 125
203x203x46 170 205 105 140
152x152x37 165 190 100 135
152x152x3t1 200 240 120 160
152x152x23 255 310 155 210
538 Structural Steelwork
Table11.6 (contd)
JOISTS
To BS4: Part1:1993
Dexi9nsbon
254x203x82
203x152x52
152x127x37
I Profile
3sides
115
130
95
I115
140
155
Hp/Aratio (rn-1)
Profile
4sides
Box
ifi
3sides
70
85
90
0
Box
4sides
90
105
120
127x114x29 140 175 100 130
127x114x27 155 190 110 140
102x102x23 150 185 105 140
102x44x7 320 365 260 305
89x89x19 155 190 105 145
76x76x13 205 250 140 185
n D [p a U
Profile Profile Profile Profile Box Box Box Box
C Li
Designation 3sides 3sides 3 sides 4sides 3sides 3sides 3sides 4sides
430x100x64 135 95 75 150 115 75 75 130
380x100x54 150 110 85 165 125 85 85 140
300x100z45 150 115 85 165 120 85 85 140
300x91Jx41 160 120 90 175 130 90 90 150
260x90x35 170 135 100 190 135 100 100 160
260x75x2& 205 150 115 225 170 115 115 190
230x90x32 170 140 100 195 135 100 100 155
230x75x25 200 155 115 225 165 115 115 185
200x90x30 170 140 100 195 130 100 100 155
200x75x23 200 160 115 225 160 115 115 185
180x90x26 185 155 110 210 135 110 110 165
180x75x20 215 175 125 245 170 125 125 195
150x90x24 180 160 110 210 130 110 110 160
150x75x18 220 190 130 255 165 130 130 200
125x65x15 225 195 135 260 170 135 135 200
lOOx5OxlO 255 215 155 295 190 155 155 230
* Root Radius includedis calculations.
Material Properties 539
Table 11.6 (contd)
EQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part4:1972
Designation
200x200 x 24
200x200x20
200x200x18
200x200x16
rL r U 0
Profile
3sides
65
75
85
95
Profile
3 sides
85
100
110
125
Hp/A ratio (rn1)
Profile
4sides
85
105
115
Box
3odes
65
80
85
Box
3odes
90
105
115
125 95 130
150x150x18 185 110 115 190 115
150x150x15 100 135 135 105 140
150x150x12 125 165 170 130 170
150x150x10 150 200 200 155 205
120x120x15 105 135 140 105 140
120x120x12 125 170 170 130 175
120x120x10 150 200 200 155 205
120x120x8 185 250 250 190 255
lOOxlOOxl5 105 135 140 105 145
lOOxlOOxl2 130 170 170 130 175
lOOxlOOxlO 150 200 205 155 210
lOOxlOOxB 185 250 250 195 255
90x90x12 130 170 175 135 175
90x0x10 150 200 205 155 210
90x90x8 190 250 250 195 260
OOxgOxl 215 285 290 220 295
90x90x6 245 330 330 255 340
540 StructuralSteelwork
Table 11.6 (contd)
UNEQUAL ANGLES
To BS4848: Part 4:1972
Hp/Aratio (rn1)
r r r '' fl D fl
Profile Profile Protile Profile Profile Box Box Box Box Boo
ZL U
Designation 3sides 3 sides 3ndes 4ndes 3sides 3xdes 3ades 3sides 3sides 4sides
200x150x18 110 110 90 80 115 90 85 90 85 115
200x150x15 135 135 105 95 135 110 100 110 100 140
200x150x12 165 165 130 120 170 135 120 135 120 170
200x100x15 135 135 115 90 135 115 95 115 95 140
200x100x12 165 165 140 110 170 145 115 145 115 170
200xlOOxlO 195 195 165 135 200 170 135 170 135 205
150x90x15 135 135 110 95 115 115 95 115 95 140
150x90x12 165 165 140 115 170 140 120 140 120 175
150x90x10 200 200 165 140 205 170 140 170 140 205
150x75x15 135 135 115 90 140 120 95 120 95 140
150x75x12 165 165 140 115 170 145 115 145 115 175
150x15x10 200 200 170 135 205 175 140 175 140 210
125x75x12 165 165 140 115 170 145 120 145 120 175
125x75x10 200 200 165 140 205 170 145 170 145 210
125x75x8 245 245 205 170 250 210 175 210 175 260
100x75x12 170 170 135 125 175 140 125 140 125 180
lOOxl5xlO 200 200 160 145 205 165 150 165 150 210
100x75x8 250 250 200 180 255 205 185 205 185 260
100x65x10 200 200 165 140 205 170 145 170 145 210
100x65x8 245 245 200 175 255 210 180 210 180 260
100x65x7 280 280 230 200 290 235 205 235 205 295
Material Properties 541
Table 11.6 (contd)
Hp/Aratio (rn)
II
Protile Profile Profile Boo Boo Box
T LU U 0
Deoioarioo Splittrom 3rider 3older 4older 3rider 3older 4rider
254x343x63 686x254x125 115 145 150 115 115 150
305x305x90 610x305x179 80 105 110 80 80 110
305x305x75 610x305o149 95 125 130 95 95 130
229x305x70 610x229x140 95 120 120 95 95 120
229x305x63 610x229x125 105 135 135 105 105 135
229x305x57 610o229x113 115 145 150 115 115 150
229x305x51 610x229x101 130 160 165 130 130
165
210x261x51 533x210o122 95 125 125 95 95 125
210x267x55 533o210x109 110 135 140 110 110 140
210x261x51 533o210x101 115 145 150 115 115 150
210x267x46 533x210x92 125 160 160 125 125 160
210x267x41 533x210o82 140 180 180 140 140 180
191x229x49 457x191x98 105 135 135 105 105 135
191x229x45 457x191x89 115 145 150 115 115 150
191x229x41 457x191x82 125 160 160 125 125 160
191x229x31 457o191o74 135 175 175 135 135 175
191x229x34 457o191o67 150 195 195 150 150 195
152x229x41 457x152x82 120 145 150 120 120 150
152x229x37 457x152o74 130 160 165 130 130 165
152x229x34 457x152x67 145 175 180 145 145 180
152x229x30 457x152x60 160 195 200 160 160 200
152x229x26 457o152x52 180 225 225 180 180 225
178x203x37 406o178x74 125 160 165 125 125 165
178x203x34 406o178x67 140 175 180 140 140 180
178x203x30 406x178x60 155 195 200 155 155 200
178x203x27 406o178x54 170 220 220 170 170 220
542 Structural Steelwork
Table11.6 (contd)
z Lfl Li 0
Designation Split from 3sides 3sides 4sides 3sides 3sides 4sides
140x203x23 406x140x46 185 230 235 185 185 235
140x203x20 406x140x39 215 270 275 215 215 275
171x178x34 356x171x67 125 165 165 125 125 165
171x178x29 356x171x57 145 190 195 145 145 195
111x178x26 356x171x51 160 215 215 160 160 215
171 x178 x 23 356x171 x45 180 240 240 180 180 240
127x178x20 356x127x39 195 240 245 195 195 245
127x178x17 356x127x33 225 280 285 225 225 285
155x152x27 305s165x54 140 185 185 140 140 185
165x152x23 305x165x46 160 205 210 160 160 210
127x152x19 305s127x37 180 230 235 180 180 235
1021152B17 305x102x33 200 245 245 200 200 245
102x152x14 305x102s28 230 280 285 230 230 285
102x152x13 305x102x25 255 320 320 255 255 320
146x127x22 254x146o43 150 200 200 150 150 200
146x127x19 254x146x37 170 230 235 170 170 235
146x127x16 254x146x31 200 270 275 200 200 275
102x127x14 254x102x28 200 255 260 200 200 260
102x127x13 254x102x25 225 285 290 225 225 290
102x127x11 254x102x22 255 320 325 255 - 255 325
133x102x15 203x133x30 180 245 250 180 180 250
133x102x13 203x133x25 210 290 295 210 210 295
MaterialProperties 543
Table 11.6 (contd)
Iy
Hp/Aratio (m)
Profile Profile Profile Boo Boo Boo
T' in in o
Desigoofiso Split from 3sides 3sideo 4sides 3sides 3sides 4sides
305x152x79 305x305o158 65 95 95 65 65 95
305x152x69 305x305o137 70 115 110 70 70 110
305x152x59 305o305o118 85 120 125 85 85 125
305x152x49 305o305x97 100 145 150 100 100 150
254x121x66 254s254o132 65 95 95 65 65 95
254x121x54 254x254s107 75 115 115 75 75 115
254x121x45 254x254x89 90 135 135 90 90 135
254x121z37 254s254x73 110 160 165 110 110 165
203x102x43 203o203x86 80 115 115 80 80 115
203x102x36 203x203x71 95 135 140 95 95 140
203x102x30 203o203x60 110 160 160 110 110 165
203x102x25 203o203s52 125 180 185 125 125 185
203x102x23 203x203s46 140 205 210 140 140 210
152x75x19 152x152x37 135 195 200 135 135 200
152x76x15 152x152x30 160 240 240 160 160 240
152z76x12 152x152s23 210 310 310 210 210 310
544 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.7 Back marks in channel flanges and angles.
Bid,
II
Bid,
I)
Bid,
Type of section Width offlange Back mark Edge distance Diameterof bolt
102 55 47 24
89 55 34 20
76 45 31 20
Channel 16
64 35 29
51 30 21 10
38 22
Leg BM1 Max. BM2 Max. BM3 Max. BM4 Max. BM5 Max. BM6 Max.
length bolt bolt bolt bolt bolt bolt
dia. dia. dia. dia. dia. dia.
200 55 20 55 20 55 20 75 30 75 30
150 55 20 55 20
125 45 20 50 20
120 45 16 50 16
10055 24
90 50 24
7545 20
6535 20
MaterialProperties 545
Table 11.8 Back marks in flanges ofjoists, UBs and UCs.
44 27 5 30 30
64 38 10 39 44)
76 48 10 51 48
89 54 12 59 56
Joists 102 60 16 62 60
114 66 16 74 70
127 72 20 77 75
152 75 20 102 90
152 65 24 92 90
203 75 24 143
140
254 87 24 194 140
uc 305 100 24 245 140 120 24 60 24 240 24
368 88 24 308 140 140 24 75 24 290 24
406 120 24 346 140 140 24 75 24 290 24
102 50 16 62 54
127 62 20 77 70
133 57 20 83 70
140 69 24 80 70
146 64 24 86 70
152 73 24 92 90
165 67 24 105 90
171 72 24 111 90
UB 178 72 24 118 90
191 74 24 131 90
229 80 24 169 140
254 87 24 194 140
Wa Wx2
..
a
L
a b
W(a+)
L
w Wa W(ax)3
rTT
1 f[()3+2]
Pa P(ax)
IF
a b
M M
aMb
MaterialProperties 547
Cantilever beams
W
W
-j(8a3+18a2b+12ab2+3b3+12a2c+12abc+4b2c)
- 5b\
W
Tr-1+I
El
Wa3( 4aj
- IlWa3 / 15b\
w 60E1 (i+j
' Ilaj
- Pa3 / 3b\
P
- - 2b\
1
Ma2( aJ
548 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.9 (contd)
w
111111 111111111 lIIlI IIIII
fA
L B
WL
B
Wx(x2)
.
WL
-- -(i)
Wx 4x2\
LA L JR
W/2
- x + 2x2\
WL
-ii: Wx
(
A__B
Mmax =
L
M Mx
') 2 i- (when
x < a)
a - b
A________ L -
,-W/2 W/2 Wa
-- -
L-2a
i
aiiii L2a
1,
at
(L+2a) -
L L
Material Properties 549
Simplysupportedbeams
ff
A B
I
W
I
W 5WL3
w 2w O.01304WL3
3 3 El
I
W
I
W
i
WL3
I
W
I
W 3WL3
iFET
M M
L L
W W Wa
2 2 l2OEI(1620a5
WL WL
1mTmfi!111111Tf1TI --lo-
lA lB
L
--
5WL
--
5WL
A
L ]B
W/2
WL WL
Pab2 Fba2
--iT --iT
)I
Mb Ma
j(3aL)
'4
a 2 b
A_______L
19/2
Wa
W/2 (4L 3a) 3a)
-i-z (4L
L -l
19
W
(L2 + 2aL 2a2)
iiiiiii6nii 17 (L2 + 2aL 2a2)
a L-2a a
L -
Material Properties 551
Fixed-end beams
W W WL3
2 2 384E1
WL3
0.3W 0.7W
382E1
W W 1.4WL3
2 2 384E1
W W O.6WL3
2 2 384E1
2Pa2b3
()2(i +2) ()2(i +2) 3(32)2
diagram diagram
w w Wa2
480E1 (15L 16a)
2 2
W W
2L2a +4La2 8a3)
2 2 384E1 (L3 +
552 Structural Steelwork
Table 11.9 (contd)
WL 9WL
8 128
7WL 0.0846WL
--o-
'B
5WL
0.0948WL
fflffi
/2
--- 3WL
TmTTl1J B
A
L
- Pb(L2 b2) Pb / 3b b3
2L2 --2-
p Pa
Pa
V I
--i-
IBI
Al L I
Material Properties 553
5W 3W WL3
8 8 185E1
9W 11W 0.0061WL3
20 20 El
Pa2
(b + (b + 0.00932
El
2L)) 2L))
3Pa 3a PaL2
F(1+) Ei
Table 11.10 Fire protection methods for steelwork.
Boardprotection Up to 4 hours Visually acceptable boxed appearance Possibly more expensive than sprayed
Thickness dependenton section factor Dry fixing methods protection
(Hr/A) and fire rating Factory manufactured with tight tolerance Difficult to fix around complicated details
Applied to non-primed steelwork Slower to complete than spray protection
Some products suitable for external use
Intumescent coatings Up to 2 hours Possible to have a decorative finish Possibly more expensive than sprayed
Applied by spray, brush or rollers Rapid application protection
Thickness dependenton section factor Cover complicated details Suitable for internal environments generally
(Hr/A) and fire rating Easier to fix post protection ancillaries Generally requires blast cleaned surfaces
and compatible primer
Concrete filled hollow columns Up to 2 hours Steel acts as permanent shuttering to concrete Minimum size of column dependson the
which carries the load in case of fire effective compaction of concrete with any
Columns look slender and occupy less floor space reinforcement inside the hollow section
Higher impact damage resistance
Compositeslabs with profiled metal Up to 2 hours Saving of time and cost due to unfilled voids For fire ratings over 90 minutes, voids must
deck and unfilled voids With dovetail profile deck, void filling is be filled where trapezoidal profile is used
unnecessary
SELL
Index
555
556 Index
Reinforced Concrete
Analysisand Design
0-632-03724-5
Also of interest
SteelDesigners'Manual
Fifth Edition
The SteelConstruction Institute
0-632-03877-2
Composite FloorSystems
Derek Mullett
0-632-04143-9
PlasticDesign to BS 5950
The Steel Construction Institute
0-632-04088-2
In Preparation
LightweightSandwich Construction
Edited by J. M. Davies
0-632-04027-0